Scott Foresman Reading Street - Pearson School · PDF fileScott Foresman Reading Street is a comprehensive reading program for Kindergarten through Grade Six that is built on solid

A Correlation of

to the

Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

Language Arts

Grades K-6

C/R-48A

INTRODUCTION This document demonstrates how Scott Foresman Reading Street meets the objectives of the Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills—Language Arts. Correlation page references are to the Teacher’s Edition. Lessons in the Teacher’s Edition contain facsimile Student Edition pages. Scott Foresman Reading Street is a comprehensive reading program for Kindergarten through Grade Six that is built on solid research and prioritizes the five core areas of reading instruction for every grade: Phonemic Awareness, Phonics, Fluency, Vocabulary and Text Comprehension. Literature Reading Street provides a rich variety of genres that include a balance of fiction and nonfiction. Content-area connections support science and social studies instruction every week. With a greater emphasis on informational text, Reading Street prepares students for the kinds of selections they will encounter on state assessments. Assessment Reading Street begins the year with the Baseline Group Test to make initial grouping decision. Progress is monitored during instruction and identifies students’ needs along the way. The Unit Benchmark Test measures student performance and can be used to regroup. The End-of-Year Benchmark Test gives a summative assessment and shows how far students have come. Differentiated Instruction Reading Street instruction is systematic, explicit, and highly focused for all ability levels. Each unit gives a clear road map to differentiate instruction for On-Level, Strategic Intervention, and Advanced readers. Group Time throughout each lesson provides scaffolded instruction for all readers. Built-in lessons for Strategic Intervention and Advanced learners supplement core instruction every day. Weekly Leveled Readers and Leveled Practice help every student practice and apply comprehension skills and vocabulary in appropriate texts. ELL Instruction Reading Street paves the way with highly focused ELL instruction, practice, and resources to meet all proficiency levels and provides an ELL Reader every week to build vocabulary, provide text support, and enrich language skills.

Table of Contents Kindergarten _________________________________________________________1 Grade One __________________________________________________________16 Grade Two __________________________________________________________36 Grade Three _________________________________________________________57 Grade Four __________________________________________________________81 Grade Five _________________________________________________________107 Grade Six __________________________________________________________136

Scott Foresman Reading Street to the

Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills—Language Arts

Kindergarten LANGUAGE ARTS Young children begin to develop language arts skills through the context of shared reading with quality children's literature, shared writing, language experience, reading and writing centers. Reading/Literature: The student will apply a wide range of strategies to comprehend, interpret, evaluate, appreciate and respond to a variety of texts and literature. Standard 1: Print Awareness-The student will understand the characteristics of written language. 1. Demonstrate correct book orientation by holding book correctly (right side up) and indicating where to begin (e.g., front to back, top to bottom, left to right).

K.1 18, 340 K.2 205

2. Identify the front cover, back cover, title page of a book and title and author.

K.1 14, 18, 42, 48, 78, 101, 104, 112, 140, 150, 168, 176, 204, 232, 240, 268, 294, 302, 330, 356, 359, 364 K.2 14, 40, 48, 76, 102, 108, 110, 111, 138, 148, 164, 172, 200, 228, 236, 264, 290, 298, 326, 352, 358, 360 K.3 14, 40, 48, 76, 102, 110, 138, 164, 170, 172, 200, 226, 230, 232, 234, 264, 288, 296, 324, 350, 356, 358 K.4 14, 40, 48, 76, 104, 112, 140, 166, 174, 202, 212, 230, 238, 266, 276, 292, 300, 328, 356, 364 K.5 14, 40, 48, 76, 104, 112, 140, 165, 172, 174, 202, 212, 230, 238, 266, 292, 300, 328, 356, 364 K.6 14, 40, 48, 76, 86, 102, 108, 110, 138, 164, 170, 200, 208, 228, 232, 236, 264, 290, 296, 326, 336, 354, 360, 362

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Asterisks (*) have been used to identify standards and objectives that must be assessed by the local school district. All other skills may be assessed by the Oklahoma School Testing Program (OSTP). Book icons ( ) identify Information Literacy skills. Students are best served when these are taught in collaboration 1 and cooperation between the classroom teacher and the library media specialist.

Scott Foresman Reading Street - Kindergarten Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

3. Follow words from left to right and from top to bottom on the printed page.

K.1 12, 18, 37, 46, 76, 86, 99, 108, 138, 148, 163, 172, 202, 212, 214, 227, 236, 266, 276, 278, 289, 298, 328, 338, 351, 340, 360 K.2 12, 22, 35, 44, 74, 84, 97, 103, 106, 136, 146, 159, 168, 198, 208, 223, 232, 262, 272, 285, 294, 324, 334, 347, 356 K.3 12, 22, 35, 44, 74, 84, 97, 106, 136, 146, 159, 168, 198, 208, 221, 230, 260, 270, 283, 292, 322, 332, 345, 354 K.4 12, 22, 35, 44, 74, 84, 99, 108, 138, 148, 150, 161, 170, 200, 210, 225, 234, 264, 274, 287, 296, 326, 336, 351, 360 K.5 12, 22, 35, 44, 52, 74, 84, 99, 108, 116, 138, 148, 161, 170, 178, 200, 210, 225, 234, 242, 264, 274, 287, 296, 304, 326, 336, 338, 351, 360, 368 K.6 12, 22, 35, 44, 52, 74, 84, 97, 106, 114, 136, 146, 159, 168, 176, 198, 208, 223, 232, 240, 262, 272, 285, 294, 302, 324, 334, 349, 358, 366

4. Understand that printed materials provide information.

K.1 11, 14-15, 78-79, 140-141, 204-205, 268-269, 330-331 K.2 11, 14-15, 73, 76-77, 135, 138-139, 200-201, 264-265, 323, 326-327 K.3 14-15, 73, 76-77, 138-139, 200-201, 262-263, 324-325 K.4 14-15, 76-77, 137, 140-141 202-203, 212, 266-267, 328-329 K.5 14-15, 76-77, 140-141, 202-203, 263, 266-267, 328-329 K.6 14-15, 73, 76-77, 86, 135,138-139, 200-201, 264-265, 323, 326-327

5. Recognize that sentences in print are made up of separate words.

K.1 16-18, 32-33, 40-42, 48-50, 57-58, 80-82, 94-95, 102-104, 105, 111-112, 113, 119-120, 142-144, 158-159, 166-168, 169, 175-176, 177, 183-184, 206-208, 222-223, 230-231, 239-240, 241, 247-248, 270-272, 284-285, 292-294, 301-302, 309-310, 332-334, 346-347, 354-356, 363-364, 371-372 K.2 16-18, 30-31, 38-40, 41, 47-48, 49, 55-56, 78-80, 86, 92-93, 100-102, 109-110, 117-118, 140-142, 154-155, 162-164, 171-172, 179-180, 199, 202-204, 218-219, 226-228, 235-236, 243-244, 266-269, 280-281, 288-290, 297-298, 305-306, 328-330, 342-343, 350-352, 359-360, 367-368 K.3 16-18, 30-31, 38-40, 47-48, 55-56, 78-80, 92-93, 100-102, 109-110, 117-118, 140-142, 148, 154-155, 162-164, 171-172, 179-180, 202-204, 216-217, 224-225, 233-241-242, 264-266, 278-279, 286-288, 295-296, 303-304, 326-328, 340-341, 348-350, 357-358, 359, 365-366 K.4 16-19, 30-32, 38-41, 47-49, 55-56, 59, 78-81, 94-96, 102-105, 111-113, 119-120, 123, 140, 142-145, 156-158, 165-167, 173-175, 181-182, 185, 204-206, 220-221, 229-230, 237-238, 245-246, 268-270, 282-283, 290-292, 299-300, 307-308, 330-332, 338, 346-348, 354-356, 363-364, 371-372



K.5 16-18, 30-31, 39-41, 47-48, 55-56, 78-80, 94-95, 103-105, 111-112, 119-120, 142-144, 156-157, 164-166, 173-174, 181-182, 204-206, 220-221, 228-230, 237-238, 245-246, 268-270, 282-283, 290-292, 299-300, 307-308, 330-332, 354-356, 363-364, 371-372 K.6 16-17, 30-31, 38-40, 47-48, 55-56, 78-80, 92-93, 100-102, 109-110, 117-118, 140-142, 154-155, 162-164, 171-172, 179-180, 202-204, 210, 218-219, 226-228, 235-236, 243-244, 264, 266-268, 280-281, 288-290, 297-298, 305-306, 328-330, 344-345, 352-354, 361-362, 369-370

6. Distinguish letters from words.

K.1 16-18, 32-33, 40-42, 48-50, 57-58, 80-82, 94-95, 102-104, 105, 111-112, 113, 119-120, 142-144, 158-159, 166-168, 169, 175-176, 177, 183-184, 206-208, 222-223, 230-231, 239-240, 241, 247-248, 270-272, 284-285, 292-294, 301-302, 309-310, 332-335, 346-347, 354-356, 363-364, 371-372 K.2 16-18, 30-31, 38-40, 41, 47-48, 49, 55-56, 78-80, 86, 92-93, 100-102, 109-110, 117-118, 140-142, 154-155, 162-164, 171-172, 179-180, 199, 202-204, 218-219, 226-228, 235-236, 243-244, 266-269, 280-281, 288-290, 297-298, 305-306, 328-330, 342-343, 350-352, 359-360, 367-368 K.3 16-18, 30-31, 38-40, 47-48, 55-56, 78-80, 92-93, 100-102, 109-110, 117-118, 140-142, 148, 154-155, 162-164, 171-172, 179-180, 202-204, 216-217, 224-225, 233-241-242, 264-266, 278-279, 286-288, 295-296, 303-304, 326-328, 340-341, 348-350, 357-358, 359, 365-366 K.4 16-18, 30-31, 38-40, 47-48, 55-56, 78-80, 94-95, 102-104, 111-112, 119-120, 140, 142-144, 156-157, 165-166, 173-174, 181-182, 204-206, 220-221, 229-230, 237-238, 245-246, 268-270, 282-283, 290-292, 299-300, 307-308, 330-332, 338, 346-348, 354-356, 363-364, 371-372 K.5 16-18, 30-31, 39-41, 47-48, 55-56, 78-80, 94-95, 103-105, 111-112, 119-120, 142-144, 156-157, 164-166, 173-174, 181-182, 204-206, 220-221, 228-230, 237-238, 245-246, 268-270, 282-283, 290-292, 299-300, 307-308, 330-332, 354-356, 363-364, 371-372 K.6 16-17, 30-31, 38-40, 47-48, 55-56, 78-80, 92-93, 100-102, 109-110, 117-118, 140-142, 154-155, 162-164, 171-172, 179-180, 202-204, 210, 218-219, 226-228, 235-236, 243-244, 264, 266-268, 280-281, 288-290, 297-298, 305-306, 328-330, 344-345, 352-354, 361-362, 369-370

7. Recognize and name all capital and lowercase letters of the alphabet.

K.1 10, 17, 32, 40, 49, 53, 57, 63, 74, 81, 94, 102, 110, 111, 119, 120, 121, 143, 158, 162,166, 171, 175, 179, 183-185, 207, 223, 230, 239, 247-249, 292, 301, 309, 354, 363, 371 K.2 55, 56, 57, 81, 94, 154, 218, 280, 342, 367 K.3 34, 92, 154, 216, 241, 278, 303, 340, 365 K.4 30, 55, 198, 220, 245, 282, 346, 371 K.5 16, 30, 119, 156, 181, 199, 220, 245, 331, 346, 354, 371 K.6 274



Standard 2: Phonological/Phonemic Awareness-The student will demonstrate the ability to hear, identify, and manipulate large parts of spoken language (e.g., words, syllables, onsets, and rimes) and individual sounds (phonemes) in spoken words. 1. Identify and produce simple rhyming pairs. Example: bat/cat

K.1 16, 32, 40, 49, 57, 111, 115, 175, 178, 305, 363 K.2 237, 260, 284, 355 K.3 145, 167, 173, 197 K.4 262, 324 K.5 136, 198 K.6 196, 207, 271

2. Identify and count syllables in spoken words.

K.1 80, 98, 102, 119, 267 K.2 75, 288 K.3 199 K.4 327 K.5 13, 139 K.6 75, 199, 263, 284

3. Distinguish onset (beginning sound(s)) and rimes in one-syllable words. Example: Onset-/b/ in bat, Example: Rime – at in bat

K.1 142, 146, 166, 170, 178, 183,188, 206, 226, 230, 247, 264, 297, 309, 333, 363, 367, 372-373 K.2 13, 16, 72, 92, 109,117, 140, 202, 207, 226, 243, 263, 266, 288, 299, 305, 328, 350 K.3 10, 16, 21, 30, 55, 78, 100, 117, 140, 171, 179, 202, 241, 264, 286, 326, 348 K.4 16, 34, 38, 55, 75, 78, 94, 111, 119, 139, 173, 204, 245, 262, 268, 290, 307, 330, 354, 376 K.5 47, 111, 164, 181,201,204, 239, 265, 269, 282, 290, 299, 307, 328, 363, 371 K.6 47, 55, 92, 109, 117, 137, 140, 154, 162, 171, 218, 243, 266, 280, 288, 328, 344, 352, 369

4. Recognize ending sounds in spoken words. Example: /t/ in bat

K.1 354, 371 K.2 16, 100, 103,162 K.3 38, 43, 55, 143, 156, 162, 165, 173, 179, 183, 224, 227, 233, 237, 241, 266, 295 K.4 102, 164, 181, 228, 245, 291, 299, 363 K.5 72, 78, 94, 102, 119, 173, 290, 307 K.6 78, 100, 226, 280, 288, 297, 305, 328



5. Recognize the same sounds in different words. Example: /b/ in ball, big, and bun; /p/ in tap, rip, and mop

K.1 270, 284, 292, 309, 332, 346, 363, 371 K.2 16, 30, 38, 47, 55, 78, 92, 100, 109, 117, 134, 140, 154, 171, 179, 202, 218, 235, 243, 266, 297, 305, 322, 328, 350 K.3 16, 30, 47, 55, 72, 78, 92, 100, 134, 140, 154, 171, 179, 196, 202, 216, 233, 241, 264, 278, 286, 295, 299, 303, 326, 357,361, 365 K.4 10, 16, 30, 38, 55, 78, 94, 111, 119, 136, 142, 156, 173, 181, 204, 220, 228, 245, 268, 290, 299, 303, 307, 330, 354, 359, 363, 367, 371 K.5 10, 16, 21, 30, 55, 98, 102, 136, 142, 156, 160, 164, 169,181, 198, 204, 220, 224, 233, 241, 245, 268, 282, 286, 290, 299, 303, 307, 330, 346, 350, 354, 359, 363, 371 K.6 16, 47, 55, 78, 105,109, 117, 145, 162, 179, 202, 226, 239, 266, 280, 288, 297, 301, 305, 328, 348, 357, 361, 365

6. Begin to blend phonemes to form a word. Example: /b/ /a/ /t/ = bat

K.1 270, 271, 292, 301, 331, 333, 363 K.2 17, 78, 79, 93, 100, 101, 109, 118-119, 141, 155, 163, 171, 180-181, 203, 219, 227, 235, 244-245, 267, 281, 288, 289, 297, 306-307, 329, 343, 346, 351, 359, 368-369 K.3 17, 31, 39, 47, 56-57, 78, 79, 83, 93, 101, 109, 118-119, 140, 141, 155, 163, 171, 180-181, 203, 217, 224-225, 233, 242-243, 265, 279, 287, 295, 304-305, 327, 341, 349, 357 K.4 17, 31, 39, 47, 57-58, 79, 95, 102, 103, 111, 119-121, 142, 143, 156, 157, 160,164, 165, 173, 181-183, 204, 205, 221, 229, 236-237, 246-247, 269, 283, 291, 299, 308-309, 331, 347, 355, 363, 372-373 K.5 17, 31, 39, 47, 79, 95, 103, 111, 120-121, 143, 157, 164-165, 173, 182-183, 205, 221, 229, 237, 246-247, 269, 283, 290, 291, 299, 308-309, 324, 331, 347, 354, 363 372-373 K.6 17, 30-31, 38, 39, 47, 56-57, 79, 92-93, 100-101, 109, 118-119, 141, 154-155, 162-163, 171, 180-181, 203, 218-219, 227, 235, 244-245, 266, 267, 280, 288-289, 297, 305-307, 328, 329, 344, 348, 352-353, 361, 369, 370-371

7. Begin to segment phonemes of one syllable words. Example: bat = /b/ /a/ /t/

K.1 333 K.2 38, 179, 235, 297, 359 K.3 47, 109, 233, 295, 357 K.4 47, 299, 324, 363 K.5 38, 55, 142, 245, 299, 330 K.6 10, 16, 17, 78-79, 100, 109, 162, 179, 202, 203, 260, 267, 280, 288, 297, 329, 344-345, 352, 361



Standard 3: Phonics/Decoding-The student will demonstrate the ability to apply sound-symbol relationships. 1. Identify the alphabet by name.

K.1 17-18, 32-33, 36, 37, 40-41, 45, 49, 57-58, 81-82, 85, 94-95, 98, 99, 102-103, 107, 111, 115, 119-120, 124, 143-144, 158-159, 166-167, 171, 175, 179, 183-184, 188, 222-223, 227, 230-231, 239-240, 247-248, 284, 288, 310-311, 350 K.2 16, 17, 30, 75, 79, 92, 154, 175, 202, 203, 218, 266, 280, 328, 342 K.3 30, 92, 154, 216, 258, 278, 320, 340 K.4 30, 94, 156, 220, 282, 346 K.5 30, 55, 94, 156, 220, 282, 346 K.6 55, 141, 162, 203, 243

2. Identify the alphabet by sound.

K.1 17-18, 32-33, 36, 37, 40-41, 45, 49, 57-58, 81-82, 85, 94-95, 98, 99, 102-103, 107, 111, 115, 119-120, 124, 143-144, 158-159, 166-167, 171, 175, 179, 183-184, 188, 222-223, 227, 230-231, 239-240, 247-248, 270-271, 284, 301, 305, 309, 332, 246, 354 K.2 16, 17, 30, 38, 75, 78, 79, 92, 117, 141, 154, 179, 202, 203, 218, 226, 243, 266, 267, 280, 288, 305, 328, 329, 342, 350, 367 K.3 16, 30, 55, 79, 92, 100, 117, 141, 154, 162, 179, 202, 216, 224, 265, 278, 286, 303, 327, 340, 348, 365 K.4 16, 30, 38, 79, 94, 156, 205, 220, 228, 268, 282, 307, 330, 346, 354, 371 K.5 16, 30, 38, 47, 72, 79, 94, 102, 136, 143, 156, 164, 205, 220, 228, 237, 268, 282, 307, 346 K.6 10, 17, 30, 38, 79, 117, 154, 226, 260

Standard 4: Vocabulary-The student will develop and expand knowledge of words and word meanings to increase vocabulary. 1. Increase personal vocabulary by listening to a variety of literature and text.

K.1 13, 23, 38, 47, 55, 77, 87, 100, 109, 117, 139, 149, 164, 173, 181, 203, 209, 213, 225, 228, 237, 245, 267, 277, 290, 299, 307, 329, 339, 352, 361, 369 K.2 13, 23, 33, 36, 45, 53, 75, 85, 95, 98, 107, 115, 137, 147, 160, 169, 177, 199, 209, 220-221, 224, 233, 241, 263, 273, 283, 286, 293, 295, 303, 325, 335, 345, 348, 355, 357, 365 K.3 13, 23, 36, 45, 53, 75, 85, 95, 98, 107, 115, 137, 147, 157, 160, 169, 177, 199, 209, 219, 222, 231, 239, 261, 271, 284, 293, 301, 323, 331, 333, 343, 346, 355, 363



K.4 13, 23, 33, 36, 45, 53, 75, 85, 97, 100, 109, 117, 139, 149, 159, 162, 171, 179, 201, 211, 222, 226, 235, 243, 265, 275, 285, 288, 297, 305, 327, 337, 349, 352, 361, 369 K.5 13, 23, 36, 41, 45, 53, 75, 85, 96, 100, 109, 117, 139, 149, 159, 162, 171, 179, 201, 211, 223, 226, 235, 243, 265, 275, 285, 288, 297, 305, 327, 337, 349, 352, 361, 369 K.6 13, 23, 33, 36, 45, 53, 75, 85, 95, 98, 107, 115, 137, 147, 157, 160, 169, 177, 199, 209, 221, 224, 233, 241, 263, 273, 283, 286, 295, 303, 325, 335, 346, 350, 359, 367 Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective every day with Amazing Words in Oral Language.

2. Use new vocabulary and language in own speech and writing. K.1 34, 96, 160, 169, 209, 224, 233, 286, 295, 348, 357, 365, K.2 32, 40, 49, 94, 103, 135, 156, 165, 220, 229, 282, 291, 344, 353 K.3 32, 41, 94, 103, 156, 165, 218, 227, 259, 280, 289, 342, 351, 353 K.4 32, 41, 96, 105, 158, 167, 222, 231, 284, 293, 348, 357 K.5 32, 41, 73, 96, 105, 158, 167, 222, 231, 263, 284, 293, 301, 348, 357 K.6 32, 41, 94, 103, 156, 165, 173, 220, 229, 237, 282, 291, 346, 355, 363

Standard 5: Fluency-The student will demonstrate the ability to identify words in text. 1. “Read” familiar texts emergently, not necessarily verbatim from the print alone.

K.1 16, 18, 31, 33, 42, 50, 56-57, 60, 82, 88, 95, 101, 104, 110, 112, 118, 122, 144, 150-151, 159, 165, 168, 174, 176, 206, 208, 223, 232, 240, 272, 285, 294, 302, 334, 347, 356, 364 K.2 18, 31, 40, 48, 80, 93, 102, 110, 142, 155, 164, 172, 204, 219, 228, 236, 268, 281, 290, 298, 330, 343, 352, 360 K.3 18, 31, 40, 48, 80, 93, 102, 110, 142, 155, 164, 172, 204, 217, 226, 234, 266, 279, 288, 296, 328, 341, 350, 358 K.4 18, 31, 40, 46, 48, 54, 58, 80, 95, 104, 112, 144, 157, 166, 174, 206, 221, 230, 238, 270, 283, 292, 300, 332, 347, 356, 364 K.5 18, 31, 40, 48, 80, 95, 104, 112, 115, 144, 157, 166, 174, 206, 221, 230, 238, 270, 283, 292, 300, 332, 347, 356, 364 K.6 18, 31, 40, 48, 72, 80, 93, 96, 102, 110, 113, 142, 155, 164, 172, 175, 204, 219, 228, 236, 268, 281, 290, 298, 301, 322, 330, 345, 354, 362



2. Recognize some common words by sight, including but not limited to: a, the, I, my, you, is, are).

K.1 16, 33, 41, 50, 57, 80, 95, 103, 112, 119, 142, 159, 167, 176, 183, 206, 223, 231, 240, 247, 271, 285, 293, 302, 309, 333, 347, 355, 364, 371 K.2 17, 31, 39, 48, 55, 79, 93, 101, 110, 117, 141, 155, 163, 172, 179, 203, 219, 227, 236, 243, 267, 281, 289, 298, 305, 329, 343, 351, 360, 367 K.3 17, 31, 39, 48, 55, 79, 93, 101, 110, 117, 141, 155, 163, 172, 179, 203, 217, 225, 234, 241, 265, 269, 279, 287, 296, 303, 327, 341, 349, 358, 365 K.4 17, 31, 39, 48, 55, 79, 95, 103, 112, 119, 143, 157, 165, 174, 181, 205, 209, 221, 209, 229, 238, 245, 269, 283, 291, 300, 307, 331, 347, 355, 364, 371 K.5 17, 31, 39, 48, 55, 79, 95, 103, 112, 119, 143, 157,165, 174, 181, 205, 221, 229, 238, 245, 269, 283, 291, 300, 307, 331, 347, 355, 364, 371 K.6 17, 30, 31, 39, 48, 55, 79, 92, 93, 101, 110, 117, 141, 154, 155, 163, 172, 203, 218, 219, 227, 236, 243, 267, 280, 281, 289, 298, 305, 329, 344, 345, 353, 362, 369

Standard 6: Comprehension-The student will associate meaning and understanding with reading. 1. Use prereading skills (e.g., connecting prior knowledge to text, making predictions about text and using picture clues).

K.1 13, 14, 77, 78, 139, 140-141, 203, 204, 267, 268, 329, 330 K.2 13, 14, 75, 76, 137, 138, 199, 200, 263, 264, 325, 326 K.3 13, 14, 75, 76, 137, 138, 199, 200, 261, 262, 299, 323, 324, 325 K.4 13, 14, 75, 139, 140, 201, 202, 265, 266-267, 325, 327, 328 K.5 10, 13, 14, 75, 76, 139, 140, 201, 202, 265, 266, 327, 328 K.6 13, 14, 75, 137, 138-139, 199, 200, 263, 264, 322, 325, 326

2. Retell, reenact or dramatize a story read to the student or by the student.

K.1 15, 24, 31, 79, 84, 88, 93, 114, 124, 141, 150, 157, 189, 205, 214, 221, 269, 278, 283, 329, 331, 334, 336, 340, 345, 366, 376 K.2 15, 24, 29, 77, 86, 91, 123, 139, 148, 153, 185, 201, 210, 217, 249, 261, 265, 271, 274, 279, 327,336, 341 K.3 11, 15, 24, 29, 77, 86, 91, 123, 139, 148, 153, 175, 201, 210, 215, 247, 263, 272, 277, 325, 334, 339 K.4 15, 21, 24, 29, 77, 86, 93, 107, 125, 140-141, 146, 150, 155, 168, 176, 186, 203, 212, 219, 266-267, 276, 281, 329, 338, 345 K.5 15, 21, 24, 29, 34, 77, 82, 86, 93, 106, 114, 124, 141, 150, 155, 203, 212, 219, 251, 267, 276, 281, 329, 338, 345 K.6 15, 24, 29, 77, 86, 91, 105, 139, 148, 153, 201,210, 217, 231,238, 249, 265, 271, 274, 279, 327, 336, 343 Note: Retelling cards/rubric are used with every Scott Foresman Reading Street Big Book



3. Make predictions and confirm after reading or listening to text. K.1 15, 42, 79, 141, 205, 269, 331 K.2 15, 40, 77, 139, 201, 265, 327, 352 K.3 15, 77, 139, 201, 263, 325 K.4 15, 77, 141, 203, 267, 329 K.5 15, 77, 141, 203, 267, 292, 329 K.6 15, 77, 139, 201, 265, 327

4. Tell what is happening in a picture.

K.1 24, 88, 137, 150, 214, 224, 265, 278, 367 K.2 29, 86, 91, 138, 153, 200, 217, 279 K.3 29, 91, 153, 217, 277 399 K.4 29, 76-77, 93, 155, 219, 281, 345 K.5 29, 93, 155, 219, 281, 345 K.6 29, 91, 153, 217, 279, 332, 343

Standard 7: Literature-The student will read to construct meaning and respond to a wide variety of literary forms. 1. Literary Genre a. Distinguish between fiction and nonfiction. Example: Listen to Tops and Bottoms. This is a fiction book about a hare and a bear's adventure to determine who gets the tops and who gets the bottoms of their vegetables. Read Eating the Alphabet by Lois Ehlert which is a nonfiction book and discuss the differences in books.

K.2 15, 138 K.3 113 K.4 11 K.5 43, 46, 54, 58 K.6 287

2. Literary Elements a. Place events in sequential order by telling the beginning, middle and ending. Example: Read and retell a story orally or by illustrating the beginning, middle and ending.

K.1 15, 24, 31, 39, 48, 56, 60, 88, 93, 141, 150, 157, 165, 171, 174, 182, 186, 214, 221, 278, 283, 291, 340, 345 K.2 24, 29, 60, 86, 91, 94, 99, 148, 153, 210, 217, 265, 274, 279, 284, 287, 296, 304, 308, 336, 341, 349, 372 K.3 24, 29, 82, 83, 86, 91, 104, 112, 113, 122, 148, 153, 197, 210, 215, 220, 229, 259, 272, 277, 334, 339



K.4 10, 15, 24, 29, 34, 37, 43, 46, 54, 58, 73, 86, 93, 141, 146, 150, 155, 160, 163, 168, 169, 172, 176, 177,180, 184, 186, 212, 219, 276, 281, 338, 345 K.5 24, 29, 86, 93, 101, 150, 155, 208, 209, 212, 219, 232, 240, 250, 276, 281, 334, 338, 345, 358, 366, 367, 376 K.6 24, 29, 86, 91, 123, 148, 153, 210, 217, 222, 238, 239, 274, 279, 336, 343, 356, 364, 374

b. Summarize main points and events of a simple story.

K.3 325, 334, 339, 347, 356, 359, 364, 368 K.4 289, 365 K.5 98, 209, 241, 267, 276, 281, 289, 298, 306, 310, 353 K.6 135, 138-139, 148, 153, 161, 167, 170, 178, 182, 239, 270, 292, 300, 310 Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective every week on Day 2 using retelling rubric.

c. Recognize cause and effect relationships. Example: Read The Mitten by Jan Brett and tell what happened to the mitten because of the animals.

K.3 139, 144, 148, 153, 158, 161, 170, 174, 178, 182 K.4 77, 82, 86, 93, 98, 101, 107, 110, 115, 118, 122 K.5 77, 82, 86, 98, 101, 110, 118, 122, 289, 295 K.6 161

Standard 8: Research and Information-The student will conduct research and organize information. 1. Accessing Information-The student will select the best source for a given purpose. a. Begin to identify the appropriate source needed to gather information (e.g., fiction book, nonfiction book, newspaper, map, resource person)

K.1 51, 150, 162, 201 K.2 28 K.4 231 K.5 150 K.6 11, 51, 144, 166, 174, 184



Writing/Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will express ideas effectively in written modes for a variety of purposes and audiences. Standard 1: Writing Process-The student will use the writing process to write coherently. 1. Participate in frequent writing opportunities. Example: Modeled writing, shared writing, journal writing, and interactive writing.

K.1 10, 11, 19, 32, 34, 41, 43, 49, 51, 61, 83, 96, 105, 113, 123, 145, 160, 162, 169, 177, 179, 187, 200, 209, 211, 224, , 226, 233, 235, 241, 251, 273, 275, 286, 295, 303, 313, 326, 335, 348, 357, 365, 375, 377 K.2 10, 11, 19, 21, 32, 34, 41, 49, 51, 59, 72, 81, 83, 94, 103, 105, 111, 113, 121, 134, 143, 145, 156, 158, 165, 167, 173, 183, 196, 205, 220, 222, 229, 231, 237, 239, 247, 260, 269, 271, 282, 291, 293, 299, 309, 322, 331, 333, 344, 353, 361, 371 K.3 10, 19, 21, 32, 41, 49, 59, 72, 81, 94, 96, 103, 105, 111, 121, 134, 135, 143, 145, 156, 158, 165, 173, 175, 183, 196, 205, 207, 218, 227, 229, 235, 245, 258, 267, 280, 282, 289, 297, 307, 320, 321, 329, 342, 351, 353, 359, 361, 369 K.4 10, 19, 21, 32, 41, 49, 51, 59, 72, 81, 83, 96, 98, 105, 113, 115, 123, 136, 137, 145, 147, 158, 167, 169, 175, 177, 185, 198, 207, 209, 222, 224, 231, 233, 239, 249, 262, 271, 284, 286, 293, 295, 301, 311, 324, 333, 335, 348, 350, 357, 365, 375 K.5 10-11, 19, 32, 41, 43, 49, 59, 72, 81, 96, 105, 113, 123, 136-137 145, 158, 167, 175, 177, 185, 187, 198-199, 207, 209, 222, 231, 239, 249, 262-263, 271, 284, 293, 301, 303, 311, 313, 324, 333, 335, 348, 350, 357, 359, 365, 375 K.6 10-11, 19, 21, 32, 41, 43, 49, 59, 72-73, 81, 83, 94, 96, 103, 111, 121, 134, 143, 145, 156, 165, 173, 183, 196-197, 205, 220, 222, 229, 237, 247, 260, 269, 282, 291, 299, 309, 322-323, 331, 346, 355, 357, 363, 373

2. Dictate a story about an event or experience. Example: Dictate a story about an exciting event.

K.1 75, 160, 209, 375 K.2 175 K.3 41, 81, 94, 205, 344 K.4 11, 32, 49, 73, 105, 123, 125, 145, 167, 199, 231, 263, 271, 324, 333, 348, 375 K.5 11, 41, 105, 137,145, 185, 198, 231, 262, 272, 311, 333, 348, 357, 375, K.6 143, 282, 331



3. Read his or her own writing to the group, teacher and/or parent. Example: May be pictures, attempts at letters, initial consonants, words or phrases.

K.1 209, 375 K.3 41, 81, 94, 205 K.4 32, 105, 123, 145, 167, 271, 293, 333, 348, 375 K.5 41, 105, 145, 167, 185, 231, 293, 311, 333, 348, 357, 375 K.6 143, 158, 282, 331

Standard 2: Grammar/Usage and Mechanics-The student will demonstrate appropriate practices in writing by applying standard English conventions. 1. Spelling: Demonstrate the process of representing language by means of a writing system. a. Recognize that letters have different sounds

K.1 139, 246, 284, 295, 303, 326, 357, 365 K.2 10, 17, 30-31, 38, 41, 49, 55-56, 79, 92-93, 100-101, 103, 109, 111, 117-118, 141, 154-155, 158, 162-163, 165, 173, 179-180, 196, 203, 218-219, 226-227, 229, 237, 243, 248, 267, 280-281, 288-289, 291, 305-306, 329, 342-343, 350-351, 353, 359, 361, 367-368 K.3 41, 49, 79, 83, 92-93, 100, 103, 111, 117, 141, 154, 162-163, 165, 173, 179, 203, 216-217, 224-225, 227, 235, 265, 278-279, 286-287, 289, 297, 303, 327, 340-341, 348-349, 351, 359, 365-366 K.4 10, 17, 41, 49, 72, 79, 105, 113, 143, 167, 175, 198, 205, 231, 239, 262, 269, 293, 301, 331, 365 K.5 17, 41, 49, 79, 143, 175, 205, 231, 262, 269, 293, 301, 324, 331, 357, 365 K.6 17, 41, 49, 79, 103, 111, 134, 141, 165, 173, 203, 229, 237, 267, 291, 299, 329, 355, 363

b. Recognize and record some beginning and ending sounds in words. K.1 270, 284, 292, 309, 332, 346, 354, 363, 371 K.2 10, 16, 38, 47, 49, 55, 78, 92, 100, 109, 117, 140, 154, 162, 171, 179, 202, 218, 235, 243, 266, 297, 305, 328, 350 K.3 16, 30, 38, 47, 55, 78, 92, 100, 140, 154, 162, 171, 179, 202, 216, 224, 233, 241, 264, 278, 286, 295, 303, 326, 357, 365 K.4 16, 30, 38, 55, 78, 94, 102, 111, 119, 136, 142, 156, 164, 173, 181, 204, 220, 228, 245, 268, 290, 299, 307, 330, 354, 363, 371 K.5 16, 30, 55, 78, 94, 102, 119, 142, 156, 164, 173, 181, 204, 220, 245, 268, 282, 290, 299, 307, 330, 346, 354, 363, 371 K.6 16, 47, 55, 78, 100, 109, 117, 162, 179, 202, 226, 266, 280, 288, 297, 305, 328, 361



c. Generate temporary spelling using letters, particularly to represent initial and ending consonant sounds.

K.1 83, 105, 113, 241, 270, 284, 292, 309, 332, 346, 354, 363, 371 K.2 16, 38, 43, 47, 55, 78, 92, 100, 109, 117, 140, 154, 162, 171, 179, 202, 218, 235, 243, 266, 297, 305, 328, 350 K.3 16, 30, 38, 47, 55, 78, 92, 100, 105, 113, 140, 154, 162, 171, 179, 202, 216, 220, 224, 233, 241, 264, 269, 278, 286, 295, 303, 326, 331, 357, 365 K.4 16, 30, 38, 43, 55, 78, 94, 102, 111, 119, 142, 156, 164, 173, 181, 204, 220, 228, 245, 268, 290, 299, 307, 330, 354, 363, 371 K.5 16, 30, 55, 78, 94, 102, 119, 142, 156, 164, 173, 181, 204, 220, 233, 245, 268, 282, 290, 299, 307, 330, 346, 354, 363, 371 K.6 16, 43, 47, 55, 78, 100, 109, 117, 162, 167, 175, 179, 202, 226, 231, 271, 266, 280, 288, 297, 305, 328, 333, 348, 361, 365

2. Handwriting: Demonstrate appropriate handwriting in the writing process. a. Trace, copy and generate letters. Children may still be reversing some letters.

K.1 18, 82, 105, 113, 144, 169, 208, 272, 295, 334, 357 K.2 18, 41, 73, 80, 142, 165, 204, 229, 268, 291, 330, 353 K.3 18, 41, 80, 103, 142, 204, 227, 266, 289, 328, 351 K.4 18, 41, 80, 105, 144, 167, 206, 231, 270, 293, 332, 357 K.5 18, 41, 80, 105, 144, 167, 206, 231, 270, 293, 301, 332, 357 K.6 18, 41, 80, 103, 142, 165, 204, 268, 291, 330, 355

b. Print his/her first and last name.

K.1 21, 45, 51, 53, 61, 83, 84, 85, 96, 123, 169 Oral Language/Listening and Speaking: The student will demonstrate thinking skills in listening and speaking. Standard 1: Listening-The student will listen for information and for pleasure. 1. Hear and repeat sounds in a sequence. Example: Hand rhythms, vocal sounds, numbers in a sequence, letters in a sequence, five sounds in a sequence

K.2 20, 42, 50, 60 K.3 82, 104, 112, 122 K.5 115, 208, 232, 240, 250



2. Listen with interest to stories read aloud. Example: Trade books and shared reading.

K.1 10, 25-30, 74, 88-93, 136, 151-157, 214-221, 200, 264, 279-283, 326, 340-345 K.2 10, 25-28, 42, 43, 50, 72, 86-91, 134, 149-153, 184, 196, 206, 210-217, 230, 238, 248, 254, 260, 270, 274-279, 322, 336-341, 362 K.3 10, 25-29, 72, 86-91, 134, 149-152, 196, 210-215, 258, 272-277, 320, 334-339 K.4 10, 25-29, 72, 86-93, 136, 151-155, 198, 212-219, 262, 272, 277-280, 294, 302, 312, 324, 338-345 K.5 , 10, 25-28, 72, 86-93, 136, 151-155, 198, 212-219, 262, 277-280, 312, 324, 338-345 K.6 10, 25-28, 72, 86-91, 134, 148-153, 196, 206, 210-217, 230, 238, 260, 275-278, 322, 336-343 Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street address this objective every week in Listening Center.

3. Follow one-and two-step directions.

K.1 44, 75, 201, 327 K.2 50, 82, 104, 112, 122 K.3 51, 158 K.4 20, 42, 50, 60, 73 K.5 367 K.6 158, 348

Standard 2: Speaking-The student will express ideas or opinions in group or individual settings. 1. Share information and ideas speaking in clear, complete, coherent sentences.

K.1 12, 22, 37, 46, 54, 210, 234, 242, 252, 235, 274, 304, 314 K.2 12, 22, 35, 44, 52, 292, 300, 310, 311 K.3 12, 22, 35, 44, 52, 206, 228, 236,237 246, 268, 290,, 298, 308, 309, 330, 352, 360, 370 K.4 12, 22, 35, 44, 52, 82, 83, 106, 114, 124, 250 K.5 107, 146, 160, 168, 176, 186, 272, 286, 294, 302, 312 K.6 12, 22, 35, 44, 52, 82, 104, 112, 122 Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective every Day 1 with Question of the Week and every Day 2, Day 3, Day 4, and Day 5 with Question of the Day.




2. Recite short poems, rhymes and songs. K.1 13, 23, 38, 47, 55, 188, 303 K.2 13, 23, 26, 45, 53, 113, 173, 158, 167, 237, 299, 361, 363

K.3 13, 36, 45, 53, 144, 166, 174, 184 K.4 13, 23, 36, 45, 53, 51, 334, 358, 366, 376 K.5 13, 23, 36, 45, 53 K.6 13, 20, 23, 36, 42, 45, 50, 53, 60, 123 Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective every day with the Talk with Me, Sing with Me Chart

Standard 3: Group Interaction-The student will use effective communication strategies in pair and small group context. 1. Show respect and consideration for others in verbal communications.

K.1 20, 44, 52, 62, 296 K.2 174 K.4 240, 241 K.5 20, 42, 50, 60, 177 K.6 207

2. Show respect and consideration for others in physical communications.

K.1 20, 44, 52, 62, 359 K.2 51, 96, 293 K.3 34, 321 K.4 73, 324 K.6 10, 34, 51, 196

Visual Literacy: The student will interpret, evaluate, and compose visual messages. Standard 1: Interpret Meaning-The student will interpret and evaluate various ways visual image-makers including graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers represent meaning. 1. Respond to visual messages by distinguishing between reality and fantasy in stories, videos and television programs.

K.2 15, 138, 201, 207, 210, 222, 225, 231, 234, 239, 242, 246, 327, 336, 346, 349, 358, 366, 370 K.3 113 K.4 353, 359 K.5 14-15, 24, 29, 34, 37, 43



Grade One Reading/Literature: The student will apply a wide range of strategies to comprehend, interpret, evaluate, appreciate, and respond to a variety of texts. Standard 1: Print Awareness-The student will develop and demonstrate knowledge of print awareness. 1. Read from left to right, top to bottom.

1.1 10j, 10l, 10q, 12a, 12f, 13a, 14a, 14f, 25a, 27b, 30q, 33a, 34f, 47a, 48a, 49b, 52l, 54c, 55a, 56f, 67a, 67b, 67d, 71a, 74l, 75c, 77a, 78g, 89a, 91b, 94q, 95c, 97a, 98f, 111b, 115c, 117a, 118f, 129a, 131b 1.2 11c, 12a, 13a, 14a, 14f, 36b, 37c, 39a, 40a, 40f, 55a, 56a, 62a, 64l, 65c, 67a, 68f, 80a, 81b, 82a, 84l, 85c, 87a, 88a, 88f, 105a, 106a, 109a, 110a, 112f, 112k,113c, 115a, 116a, 116f, 132a, 136a, 138l, 139c, 141a, 142a, 142f, 159a, 160a, 161b, 162a 1.3 10l, 11c, 13a, 14a, 14f, 29a, 33a, 34a, 36l, 37a, 39a, 40a, 40f, 63a, 64a, 65b, 68l, 71a, 72a, 72f, 87a, 89b, 90a, 92l, 93c, 95a, 96a, 96f, 113a, 114a, 115b, 116a, 118l, 119c, 121a, 122a, 122f, 139a, 141b, 142a, 144l, 145c, 147a, 148a, 148f, 167a, 171a, 172a 1.4 11c, 13a, 45c, 47a, 48f, 67a, 69b, 73a, 75a, 76f, 91a, 95c, 99c, 101a, 102f, 119a, 123a, 127c, 129a, 130f, 151a, 153b, 157a, 159a, 160f, 181a 1.5 11c, 13a, 14f, 35a, 45c, 47a, 48f, 67a, 77c, 79a, 80f, 103a, 111c, 113a, 114f, 133a, 137a, 141a, 143a, 144f, 165a, 171c, 173a, 174f, 197a

2. Track print as text is being read.

1.1 10j, 14c, 26d, 30j, 34c, 48d, 52j, 56c, 68d, 74j, 78c, 90d, 94j, 98c, 110d, 114j, 118c, 130d, 132e-132f 1.2 10j, 14c, 30d, 36j, 40c, 56d, 64j, 68c, 80d, 84j, 88c, 106d, 112j, 116c, 132d, 138j 142c, 160d 1.3 10j, 14c, 30d, 36j, 40c, 64d, 68j, 72c, 88d, 92j, 96c, 114d, 118j, 122c, 140d, 144j,148c, 168d 1.4 10j,, 40d, 44j, 48c, 68d, 72j, 76c, 92d, 98j, 102c, 120d, 126j, 130c, 152d, 156j,

160c, 182d

1.5 10j, 14c, 36d, 44j, 48c, 68d, 76j, 80c, 104d, 110j, 114c, 134d, 140j, 144c, 166d, 170j 174c, 198d, Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective every week in Listening Center.


Scott Foresman Reading Street – Grade One Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

3. Recognize the difference among letters, words, and sentences. 1.1 14c, 26d, 34c, 48d, 56c, 68d, 78c, 90d, 98c, 110d, 118c, 130d, 132e-132f, 10k, 30k 1.2 14c, 30d, 40c, 56d, 68c, 80d, 88c, 106d, 116c, 132d, 142c, 160d, 10k 1.3 14c, 30d, 40c, 64d, 72c, 88d, 96c, 114d, 122c, 140d, 148c, 168d 1.4 14c, 40d, 48c, 68d, 76c, 92d, 102c, 120d, 130c, 152d, 160c, 182d 1.5 14c, 36d, 48c, 68d, 80c, 104d, 114c, 134d, 144c, 166d, 174c, 198d

Standard 2: Phonological/Phonemic Awareness – The student will develop and demonstrate knowledge of phonological/phonemic awareness. 1. Create and state groups of rhyming words. Example: bat/cat/sat/mat

1.1 26-27, 48-49, 90-91, 130-131 1.2 140b, 142b 1.3 82-83, 118k, 168-169 1.4 78-79, 182-183

2. Count syllables in a word.

1.1 130b 1.2 140b, 140c-140d, 140f, 141c, 142b, 142c-142d, 162c, 162e 1.3 30c-30d, 38b, 88b-d 1.4 46b, 126m, 156m 1.5 46c-46d, 46f, 48c-48d, 74c, 74e

3. Distinguish onset (Beginning sounds) and rimes in one-syllable words. Examples: Onset-/b/ in bat Rime –at in bat

1.3 36m, 40b, 70b, 72b, 118m, 122b, 168b

4. Segment and blend the phonemes of one–syllable words. Example: bat = /b/ /a/ /t/

1.1 10m, 10n, 12c, 14b, 30m, 30n, 32b-c, 34b, 52m, 52n, 54c, 56b, 74n, 76b, 76c, 78b, 94m, 94n, 96c, 98b, 110b, 114m, 114n, 116c, 118b, 130b 1.2 10m, 10n, 12b, 12c, 14b, 14f, 30b, 36n, 38b-c, 38c, 40b, 56b, 64n, 66b, 66c, 68b, 84n, 86b, 86c, 88b, 112n, 114c, 116b, 132b, 138n, 140b, 140c, 142b, 1.3 10m, 10n, 12c, 14b, 30b, 36m, 36n, 38c, 40b, 64b, 68n, 70b, 70c, 72b, 88b, 92m, 92n, 94c, 96b, 118m, 118n, 120c, 122b, 144m, 144n, 146b, 146c, 148b, 168b 1.4 10n, 12c-d, 44n, 46c, 72m, 72n, 74b, 74c-d, 98n, 100b, 100c-d, 126n, 128c-d, 156n-o, 158b, 158c-d, 160c-d, 186c 1.5 10n, 12c-d, 44m, 44n, 46c-46d, 76n, 76o, 78c, 110n, 112b, 112c-d, 140m, 140n-o, 142b, 142c, 170n-o, 172c, 172d



5. Isolate phonemes within words by identifying the beginning, middle, and ending sounds in one-syllable words. Example: the beginning sound of dog is /d/ the middle sound in can is /a/

1.1 12b, 26b, 48b, 50c, 68b-c, 90 b, 96c-d, 132c 1.2 12c-d, 30c-d, 106b, 160b 1.3 36n-o, 40c-d 1.6 46b

6. Add or delete a phoneme change to a word Example: /b/ + at = bat, cat-/k/ = at

1.1 54b, 54c-d, 72c, 74m, 90c-d, 96b, 116b 1.2 112m, 114b, 138m 1.3 12b, 68m-o, 94b, 114b-d, 120b, 140b, 144m 1.4 10m, 12b, 128b, 72m, 98m 1.5 12b, 172b, 10m, 76m, 78b, 110m

Standard 3: Phonics/Decoding – The student will apply sound-symbol relationships to decode unknown words. 1. Phonetic Analysis-Apply phonics knowledge to decode one- syllable words. a. Use short and long vowel patterns. Example: CVC = mad, hit, cut; Example: CVCV (final e) = made, hide, cute; Example: CV1 = he, me, so

1.1 10j, 10n-10o, 12c-d, 14c-d, 28c, 30j, 30n-30o, 34c-d, 52j, 52n-52o, 56c-d, 74j-k, 94j-k, 94n-94o, 98c-d, 114j, 114n-114o, 130c-d 132e 1.2 10j, 36j-k, 36m, 36n-36o, 36q, 40c-d, 56c-d, 62c, 64k, 64m, 64n-64o, 66a, 68j, 80b-d, 82c, 82e, 84j-k, 84m, 84n-84o, 84q, 110c, 110e, 112m, 112n-112o, 112q, 113d, 116c-116d, 136c, 136e, 138j, 138n-o, 142c-d, 160c-160d, 162c 1.3 10j, 10n-o, 12b, 12c-12d, 12f, 13c, 14b, 14c-14d, 30c-30d, 34c, 34e, 64c-64d, 1.4 10j, 14c-d, 42c, 44j, 72j, 98j-k, 126j, 156j, 68c-d, 70c, 76c-d, 72n-o, 96c, 98n-o, 102c-d 1.5 14c-d, 36c-d, 46b, 46c-46d, 46f, 48c-48d, 74c, 74e, 76j, 104c-104d, 142c-d, 144c-d, 168c, 170j, 172a-d, 174c-d, 198c-d, 202c



b. Use r-controlled vowel patterns Example: er = “r” in fern, ir = “r” in bird, and ur = “r” in turn

1.3 68j, 70b, 70c-70d, 70f, 71c, 72c-72d, 90c, 92j, 94c-94d, 94f, 96b, 96c-96d, 114c-114d, 116c, 118j-k, 118n-118o, 119d, 122a, 122c-122d, 142c 146a, 168b, 168c-168d, DI·79

c. Use blends, digraphs, and diphthongs. Example: Blends – fl, tr, sl, sm, sn, bl, gr, and str; Example: Digraphs – sh, th, wh; Example: Diphthongs – oi, oy, ou, ow

1.1 48c-d, 94j, 110b, 114j, 116c-d, 118c-d 1.2 10j, 10m, 10n-10o, 10q, 11d, 14b-c, 14c-14d, 34c, 34e, 56c-56d, 66b, 66c-66d, 66f, 67c, 68a, 68c-68d, 68j, 82c, 82e, 106b, 106c-106d 1.3 36j, 36m, 36n-36o, 36q, 37d, 40b, 40c-40d, 66c, 66e, 88c-88d, 146b, 146c-146d, 146f, 148b, 148c-148d, 172c, 172e 1.4 40c-40d, 72j, 98j 1.5 10j, 10n-o, 42c, 44j, 44n-o, 48c-d, 68c-d, 74c, 76j, 110j, 104c-d, 110-n-o, 114c-d, 138c140j, 166c-d

2. Structural Analysis-Apply knowledge of structural analysis to decode words using strategies such as inflectional endings, contractions and compound words, and possessives. Example: inflectional endings – adding-s, -es,-ing, or-ed to a word; Example: compound words – cup + cake = cupcake; Example: contraction – can + not = can’t

1.1 54c-54d, 56c-56d, 72c, 74j, 74n-74o, 76c-76d, 78c-78d, 92c 110c-110d 1.2 84j, 86c-86d, 88c-88d, 110c, 112j, 114c-114d, 116c-116d, 132c-132d, 136c, 138j 160c-160d 1.3 38c-38d, 40c-40d, 66c, 68j, 68n-68o, 72c-72d, 88c-88d, 90b-c, 92m-o, 96c-96d, 114c-114d, 116c, 120c-120d, 122c-122d, 140c-140d, 142c, 144j ,144n-144o, 148c-148d, 168c-168d, 172c 1.4 10j, 12c-12d, 14c-14d, 40c-40d, 42c, 44j, 46c-46d, 48c-48d, 68c-68d, 70c, 92c-92d, 126j, 126n-126o, 130c-130d, 154c, 156j,182c-182d 1.5 78c-78d, 80c-80d, 108c, 110j, 134c-134d, 170j



Standard 4: Vocabulary – The student will develop and expand knowledge of words and word meanings to increase vocabulary. 1. Increase personal vocabulary by listening to and reading a variety of text and literature.

1.1 10r, 10-11, 14f , 28b, 30r, 30-31, 34f, 48b, 50b, 52r, 52-53, 56b, 56f, 68b, 74m, 74r, 74-75, 76b, 90b, 94m, 94r, 94-95, 98b, 98f, 114r, 114-115, 118f 1.2 10r, 10-11, 14f, 36r, 36-37, 38b, 40f, 55b, 64r, 64-65, 79b, 84r, 84-85, 105b, 112r, 112-113, 116f, 132b, 138f-g, 138r, 138-139, 142f, 159b, 160b 1.3 10r, 10-11, 14e-f, 30b, 36r, 36-37, 63b, 64b, 68r, 68-69, 87b, 92m, 92r, 92-93, 113b, 118r, 118-119, 139b, 140b, 144r, 144-145, 167b, 168b 1.4 10r, 10-11, 39b, 44r, 44-45, 67b, 68b, 72r, 72-73, 91b, 92b, 98r, 98-99, 119b, 126r, 126-127, 151b, 156r, 156-157, 181b 1.5 10r, 10-11, 35b, 44r, 44-45, 67b, 76r, 76-77, 80f, 110r, 110-111, 133b, 140r, 140-141, 165b, 170r, 170-171, 197b

2. Discuss unfamiliar oral and/or written vocabulary after listening to or reading texts.

1.1 10m, 12b, 14b, 25b, 26b, 28b, 30f-g, 30m, 32b, 34f, 35b, 47b, 48b, 50b, 52m, 54b, 56b, 56f, 67b, 68b, 72b, 74m, 78f, 94m, 96b, 98f, 110b, 112b, 114m, 116b, 118b, 118f, 130b, 132b 1.2 10m, 12b, 14b, 14f, 30b, 34b, 36m, 38b, 40b, 40f, 56b, 64m, 66b, 68b, 68f, 79b, 80b, 82b, 84m, 86b, 88b, 88f, 105b, 106b, 110b, 112m, 114b, 116b, 116f, 131b, 132b, 136b, 138m, 140b, 142b, 142f, 162b 1.3 12b, 14b, 14f, 29b, 34b, 36m, 38b, 40b, 64b, 66b, 68m, 70b, 72b, 88b, 90b, 92m, 94b, 96b, 114b, 116b, 118m, 120b, 122b, 142b, 146b, 148b, 172b 1.4 10m, 12b, 14b, 40b, 42b, 44m, 46b, 48b, 70b, 72m, 74b, 76b, 96b, 98m, 100b, 102b, 119b, 124b, 126m, 128b, 130b, 152b, 154b, 156m, 158b, 160b, 181b, 182b 1.5 10m, 12b, 14b, 36b, 44m, 46b, 48b, 48f, 68b, 74b, 76m, 80b, 80f, 104b, 108b, 110m, 112b, 114b, 114f, 134b, 138b, 144f, 174f

3. Use new vocabulary and language in own speech and writing.

1.1 25b, 47b, 67b, 89b, 98f, 109b, 118f, 129b, 131c 1.2 29b, 55b, 68f, 79b, 86b, 88f, 105b, 114b, 116f, 131b, 142e, 159b 1.3 10f-g, 29b, 36f-g, 40f, 63b, 68f-g, 72f, 87b, 96f, 113b, 139b, 144m, 148f, 156m, 167b 1.4 14g, 39b, 44m, 48g, 67b, 72m, 76f, 91b, 98m, 102f, 119b, 126m, 130f, 151b, 160f,181b 1.5 35b, 44m, 48f, 67b, 80f, 103b, 114f, 133b, 144f, 165b, 174f, 197b



4. Classify categories of words. Example: Tell which of the following are fruits and which are vegetables: bananas, oranges, apples, carrots, and peas.

1.1 52f-g, 67b, 74f-g, 89b, 90-91, 91c, 94f-g, 109b, 110-111, 126-127 1.2 29b, 30-31, 84f-g, 105b, 106-107 1.4 91b, 136-137 1.5 35b, 67b, 103b, 104-105

Standard 5: Fluency – The student will identify words rapidly so that attention is directed at the meaning of the text. 1. Read regularly in independent-level text (text in which no more than 1 in 20 words is difficult for the reader), effortlessly, and with expression.

1.1 12f, 25a, 26-27, 27b, 27d, 30q,47a, 52q, 56e-67, 74q, 78e-89, 89a, 94q, 96f, 110-111, 114q, 116f, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19 1.2 10q, 12f, 14e-29, 30-33, 33c, 36q, 38f, 40e-55, 56-61, 64q, 66f, 80-81, 68e-79, 84q, 86f, 88e-105, 105a, 106-109, 109c, 112q, 114f, 116e-131, 132-135, 135c, 138q, 140f, 142e-159, 159a, 160-161, 161d, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19 1.3 10q, 12f, 14e-29, 29a, 30-33, 33a, 33c, 36q, 38f, 40e-63, 64-65, 68q, 70f, 72e-87, 88-89, 92q, 94f, 96e-113, 1114-115, 118q, 120f, 122e-139, 140-141, 144q, 146f, 148e-167, 168-171, DI-85-DI 86, TR16-TR19 1.4 40-41, 10q, 12f, 14e-39, 44q, 46f, 48e-67, 67a, 68-69, 69b, 72q, 74f, 76e-91, 92-95, 98q, 100f, 102e-119, 120-123, 123a, 126q, 128f, 130e-151, 152-153, 156q, 158f, 160e-181, 182-185, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19 1.5 10q, 12f, 14e-35, 35a, 36-41, 41a, 41d, 44q, 46f, 48e-67, 67a, 68-73, 73a, 76q, 78f, 80e-103, 104-107, 110q, 112f, 114e-133, 134-137, 140q, 142f, 144e-165, 165a, 166-167, 167a-b, 170q, 172f, 174e-197, 198-201, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19

2. Read regularly in instructional-level text (text in which no more than 1 in 10 words is difficult for the reader)

1.1 10j, 14e-25, 28e-g, 32f, 34e-47, 48-49, 49b, 50e-50j, 54f, 67a, 68-71, 71a, 72e-g, 76f, 89a, 90-91, 91b, 92e-g, 98e-109,112-112g, 118e-129, 132e-g, 162e-g, 159a, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19 1.2 29a, 33a, 34e-g, 62e-g, 82e-g, 105a, 109a, 110e-g, 136e-g, 161b, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19 1.3 29a, 33a, 34e-g, 66e-g, 90e-g, 116e-g, 142e-g, 172e-g, DI-85-DI 86, TR16-TR19 1.4 42e-g, 70e-g, 124e-g, 154e-g, 186e-g, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19 1.5 74e-g, 108e-g, 138e-g, 168e-g, 202e-g, DI·85-DI·86, TR16-TR19 Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective in Fluency Check every Week on Day 5.



3. Students will engage in repeated readings of the same text to increase fluency.

1.1 10q, 12f, 25a, 30q, 32f, 47a, 52q, 54f, 67a, 74q, 76f, 89a, 94q, 96f, 109a, 114q, 116f, 129a 1.2 10q, 12f, 29a, 36q, 38f, 55a, 64q, 66f, 79a, 84q, 86f, 105a, 112q, 114f, 131a, 138q, 140f, 159a 1.3 10q, 12f, 29a, 36q, 38f, 63a, 68q, 70f, 87a, 92q, 94f, 113a, 115b, 118q, 120f, 139a, 144q, 146f, 167a, 171a 1.4 10q, 12f, 39a, 41b, 44q, 46f, 67a, 69b, 72q, 74f, 91a, 98q, 100f, 119a, 123a, 126q, 128f, 151a, 156q, 158f, 181a, 185a 1.5 10q, 12f, 35a, 44q, 46f, 67a, 76q, 78f, 103a, 107a, 110q, 112f, 133a, 137a, 140q, 142f, 165a, 170q, 172f, 197a, 201a

4. Recognize 100-200 high frequency and/or common irregularly spelled words in text. (e.g., have, to, was, where, said).

1.1 10p, 11d, 12-13, 14d, 26c-d, 26e, 28d, 30p, 32o, 32-33, 34d, 34e-47, 48c-e, 50c-d, 52p, 54e, 54-55, 56d-f, 68c-e, 72c-d, 74f, 74p, 76-77, 76e, 78d, 90c-d, 90e, 92c-d, 94p, 96-97, 96e, 98d, 110c, 110e, 112c-d, 114p, 116-117, 116e, 118d-f, 130c-e, 132c-d 1.2 10p, 12e, 12-13, 14d-f, 30c-e, 34d, 36p, 38e, 38-39, 40d-f, 56c-e, 62c-d, 64f-g, 64p, 66e, 66-67, 68d-f, 80c-e, 82c-d, 84p, 86e, 86-87, 88d-f, 106c-e, 110c-d, 112p, 114e, 114-115, 116d-f, 132c-e, 136c-d, 138p, 140c-e, 140-141, 142d-e, 160c-e, 162c-d 1.3 10p, 12e, 12-13, 14d-g, 30c-e, 34c-d, 36p, 38e, 38-39, 40d-f, 64c-e, 66c-d, 68p, 70e-f, 70-71, 75d, 88c-e, 90c-d, 92p, 94e, 94-95, 96d-f, 114c-e, 116c-d, 118p, 120e, 120-121, 122d-f, 140c-e, 142c-d, 144p, 146e, 146-147, 148d-e, 168c-e, 172c-d 1.4 10p, 12e, 12-13, 14c-d, 14g, 40c-e, 42c-d, 44p, 46e, 46-47, 48d, 48g, 68c-e, 70c-d, 72p, 74e, 74-75, 76d, 76f, 92c-e, 96d, 98p, 100e, 100-101, 102c-d, 102f, 120e, 124c-d, 126p, 128e, 128-129, 130d, 130f, 152c-e, 154c-d, 156p, 158e, 158-159, 160d, 160f, 182c-e, 186c-d 1.5 10p, 12e, 14d, 14e, 36c-e, 42c-d, 42d-g, 44p, 46e, 46-47, 48d, 48f, 68c-e, 74c-d, 76p, 78e, 78-79, 80d, 80f, 104c-e, 108c-d, 110p, 112e, 112-113, 114d, 114f, 134c-e, 138c-d, 140p, 142e, 142-143, 144d, 166c-e, 168c-d, 170p, 172e, 172-173, 174d, 174e,198c-e, 202c-d

5. Use punctuation cues (e.g., periods, commas, question marks) in text as a guide to understand meaning.

1.1 22-23, 27b, 49d, 61d, 109a,111b, 111d, 129a, 131d 1.2 55a, 61a, 61d, 79a, 80a, 81b, 81d, 109a, 131a, 135a 1.3 63a, 65b, 65d, 87a, 89b, 89d, 113a, 115b, 115d, 139a, 141b, 141d, 171c 1.4 41d, 91a, 92a-c, 95c, 123c, 153d, 185a 1.5 73d, 78b, 133a, 137a, 137c, 201c



Standard 6: Comprehension/Critical Literacy – The student will interact with the words and concepts in a text to construct an appropriate meaning. 1. Literal Understanding a. Read and comprehend both fiction and nonfiction that is appropriately

designed for the second half of first grade. 1.1 12b, 14b, 14-23, 32b, 54b, 56b, 56-65, 78-87, 98-109 1.2 12b, 14b, 14-27, 40b, 40-53, 68b, 68-79, 86b, 88-103, 116-129 1.3 14-23, 30-33, 38b, 40-61, 72-85, 96-111, 122-127 1.4 14-37, 45a-b, 48g, 48-67, 72j, 98j, 117a, 102-117, 130-149, 160b, 160-179 1.5 12b, 14-33, 48-57, 76j, 110j, 114-131, 140j

b. Use prereading strategies such as previewing, using prior knowledge, predicting, and establishing a purpose for reading. Example: Prior to reading the book Verdi by Janell Cannon, have students preview the book by looking at the cover, identifying the main character and telling what they know about snakes (what they do, where they live . . . .). Make predictions by doing a picture walk to discuss some of the early actions in the story.

1.1 10r-11, 14-15, 26b, 28b, 30r-31, 34-35, 48b, 50b, 52r-53, 56-57, 68b, 72b, 74r-75, 78-79, 90b, 92b, 94r-95, 98-99, 110b, 112b, 114r-115, 118-119, 130b, 132b 1.2 10r-11, 14g, 14-15, 30b, 34b, 36r-37, 40-41, 56b, 62b, 64r-65, 68-69, 80b, 82b, 84r-85, 88-89, 106b, 110b, 112r-113, 116g, 116-117, 132b, 136b, 138r-139, 142g ,142-143, 160b, 162b 1.3 10r-11, 14g, 14-15, 30b, 34b, 36r-37, 40-41, 64b, 66b, 68r-69, 72-73, 88b, 90b, 92r-93, 96-97, 114b, 116b, 118r-119, 122-123, 140b, 142b, 144r-145, 148b 148-149, 168b, 172b 1.4 10r-11, 14-15, 40b, 42b, 44r-45, 48-49, 68b, 70b, 72r-73, 76-77, 92b, 96b, 98r-99, 102-103, 120b, 124b, 126r-127, 130-131, 149a, 152b, 154b, 156r-157, 160b, 160-161, 182b, 186b 1.5 10r-11, 14-15, 36b, 42b, 44r-45, 48-49, 68b, 74b, 76r-77, 80-81, 104b, 108b, 110r-111, 114-115, 134b, 138b, 140r-141, 144-145, 166b, 168b, 170r-171174-175, 198b, 202b

c. Respond to questions designed to aid general comprehension.

1.1, 10l, 12a, 14a 24-25, 26a, 28a, 30l, 32a, 34q, 46-47, 48a, 50a, 52l, 54a, 56a, 66-67, 68a, 72a, 74l, 76a, 78a, 88-89, 90a, 92a, 94l, 95c, 96a, 98a, 108-109, 110a, 112a, 114l, 116a, 118a, 128-129, 130a, 132a



1.2 10l, 12a, 13c, 14a, 28-29, 30a, 34a, 36l, 38a, 40a, 54-55, 56a, 62a-b, 40g, 64l, 66a, 68a, 80a, 82a, 84f-g, 84l, 86a, 88a, 88g, 104-105, 106a, 110a, 112l, 114a, 116a, 130-131, 132a, 136a, 112f-g, 138l, 140a, 142a, 158-159, 160a, 162a, 138f-g, 139a-b, 142g 1.3, 10l, 12a, 14a, 28-29, 30a, 34a, 36f-g, 36l, 38a, 40a, 62-63, 64a, 66a, 68l, 70a, 72a, 72g, 86-87, 88a, 88-89, 90a, 92l, 94a, 96a, 104-105, 112-113, 114a, 114-115, 116a,118l, 120a, 122a, 138-139, 140a, 142a, 144l, 146a, 148a, 166-167, 168a, 172a, 148g 1.4 14g, 10l, 12a, 14a, 38-39, 40a, 42a, 44l, 46a, 48a, 66-67, 68a, 70a, 72l, 74a, 76a, 92a, 96a, 98l, 100a, 102a, 102g, 118-119, 120a, 124a, 126l, 128a, 130a, 150-151, 152a, 154a, 156l, 158a, 160a, 180-181, 182a, 186a 1.5 10l, 12a, 14a, 34-35, 36a, 42a, 44l, 46a, 48a, 66-67, 68a, 74a, 76l, 77a-b, 78a, 80a, 80e, 102-103, 104a, 108a, 110l, 112a, 114a, 128-129, 132-133, 134a, 138a, 140l, 142a, 144a, 164-165, 166a, 168a, 170l, 172a, 174a, 174g, 196-197, 198a, 202a Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective every day in Question of the Day

2. Inferences and Interpretations-Make simple inferences based on what is stated in text.

1.1 82-83 1.3 119a-119b, 119d, 122g, 124-125, 139d, 142e 1.4 11a-11b, 11d, 14g, 16-17, 39d, 42e, 54-55, 80-81 1.5-141a-141b, 141d, 144g, 152-153, 165d, 168e, 144g,171a-b, 174g

3. Summary and Generalization a. Retell or act out stories and events using beginning, middle, and ending.

1.1 24-25, 34g, 46-47, 66-67, 88-89, 97c, 108-109, 128-129 1.2 28-29, 54-55, 78-79, 85a-b, 88g, 104-105, 130-131, 158-159 1.3 28-29, 36k, 44-45, 62-63, 86-87, 112-113, 122g, 138-139, 144r-145, 148g, 166-167 1.4 38-39, 45a-b, 48g, 66-67, 90-91, 118-119, 150-151, 180-181 1.5 14g 34-35, 47c, 62-63, 66-67, 102-103, 114g, 132-133, 164-165, 196-197

b. Respond to who, what, when, where, why, and how questions and discuss the main idea of what is read.

1.1 14a, 75a-75b, 75d, 78g, 86-87, 89d, 92e, 118g, 1.2 11a-11b, 11d, 14g, 24-25, 29d, 34e, 50-51, 74-75 1.5 30-31, 48g, 62-63, 111a-111b, 111d, 114g, 122-123, 133d, 138e, 158-159



c. Draw and discuss visual images based on text information. 1.1 12b, 56g, 62-63, 68-71, 118-127 1.2 115c, 124-125, 163a 1.3 64-65, 96g, 140-141 1.4 128b 1.5 79c, 104-105, 113c, 134-135, 140-141, 144g, 167c

4. Analysis and Evaluation a. Identify simple cause and effect relationships.

1.1 10f-g, 30f-g, 52f-g, 74f-g, 94f-g, 114f-g,115a-115b, 115d, 118g, 124-125, 129d, 132e 1.2 32-33, 37a-37b, 37d, 40g, 46-47, 55d, 62e, 92-93, 122-123 1.4 20-21, 157a-157b, 157d, 160g, 168-169, 181d, 186e

b. Identify favorite passages. 1.1 64-65, 106-107 1.2 76-77 1.3 104-105 1.4 30-31, 60-61 1.5 64-65, 84-85, 88-89

5. Monitoring and Correction Strategies-Apply a basic use of semantics, syntax, and graphophonic cues (Example: Semantic Does it make sense? Example: syntax-Does it sound right? Example: graphophonic-Does it look right?).

1.1 14g, 22-23, 25d, 56g, 118g, 120-121, 129d 1.2 40g, 48-49, 55d, 68g, 88g, 94-95, 105d 1.3 40g, 48-49, 63d, 72g, 76-77 1.4 14g, 26-27, 39d, 48g, 56-57, 76g, 78-79, 91d, 102g, 108-109, 119d 1.5 80g, 94-95, 174g, 182-183, 197d

Standard 7: Literature-The student will read to construct meaning and respond to a wide variety of literary forms. 1. Literary Genres – The student will demonstrate knowledge of and appreciation of the various forms (genres) of literature. a. Discriminate between fiction and nonfiction.

1.1 12b, 14b, 14-15, 26-27, 31a-b, 32b, 34g, 54b, 64-65, 68-69, 78-79, 95a-b, 98g, 110-111 1.2 12b, 14b, 30-31, 38b, 40b, 56-57, 66b, 68b, 68-69, 86b, 88-89, 106-107, 132-133



1.3 14b, 64-65, 94b, 96b, 114-115, 120b, 122-123, 140-141, 146b 1.4 14b, 40-41, 48b, 68-69, 76b, 92-93, 99a-b, 100b, 102g 120-121, 152-153, 160b 1.5 104-105, 112b, 114b, 134-135, 166-167

b. Recognize elements of different cultures in multicultural tales.

1.1 8 1.2 8 1.3 8, 56-57 1.4 8, 28-29, 14e, 14f,39a, 40-41, 41d, 44k, 98k, 99c, 102e, 116-117, 120-121, 154b 1.5 8

2. Literary Elements – The student will demonstrate knowledge of literary elements and techniques and how they affect the development of a literary work.

a. Describe the roles of authors and illustrators in telling a story or presenting information.

1.1 12b, 14-15, 26-27, 34-35, 48-49, 56-57, 68-69, 76b, 78-79, 90-91, 96b, 98b, 98-99, 118-119, 130-131 1.2 14-15, 30-31, 38, 40-41, 56-57, 65a-b, 68g, 68-69, 84j, 88-89, 113a-b, 116g, 116-117, 132-133, 142-143, 152-153, 160-161 1.3 14-15, 24-25, 30-31, 40-41, 72-73, 96-97, 122-123, 148-149, 168-169 1.4 12b, 14-15, 40-41, 48-49, 68-69, 73a-b, 76g, 76-77, 102b, 102-103, 130-131, 160-161, 182-183 1.5 14b, 14g, 14-15, 36-37, 48-49, 80-81, 114-115, 144-145, 174-175, 198-199

b. Identify and describe the plot, setting, and character(s) in a story.

1.1 11a-11b, 11d, 14g, 16-17, 25d, 34-35, 42-43, 47d, 53a-53b, 53d, 56g, 58-59, 67d, 72e, 98g, 101-103, 106-107, 126-127 1.3 37a-37b, 37d, 40g, 60-61, 63d, 66e, 82-83, 93a-93b, 93d, 96g, 111a, 113d, 116e 1.4 127a-127b, 127d, 130g, 142-143, 151d, 154e, 170-171 1.5 11a-11b, 11d, 14g, 16-17, 35d, 42e, 98-99, 190-191



Standard 8: Research and Information-The student will conduct research and organize information.

1. Accessing Information: Select the best source for a given purpose. a. Alphabetize words to the first letter.

1.1 10k 1.2 137a 1.3 35a, 67a, 139b 1.4 125a, 187a 1.5 75a, 203a

b. Read and follow simple written directions.

1.1 42-43, 110-111 1.3 13c, 39c, 114-115

c. Recognize author, illustrator, title page, and table of contents (when applicable) as identifying items of information about a book.

1.1 10j, 29a, 30j, 34b, 52j, 74j, 74q, 78b, 78f, 94j, 114j 116b 1.2 14b, 35a, 36j-k, 38b, 83a 1.3 10j, 36j, 40b, 67a, 92j 1.4 44j, 102b, 125a, 126j, 156j 1.5 44j, 75a, 114b, 170j, 139a

d. Access information from simple charts, maps, graphs, and calendars.

1.1 93a, 133a 1.2 165 1.3 65c, 71a, 91a, 115a, 117a, 137a, 141c, 173a 1.4 43a, 71a, 97a, 125b 1.5 109a, 114e, 201b

2. Interpreting Information: Analyze and evaluate information from a variety of sources and generate questions about topics of personal interest and find books to gather information.

1.1 29a, 51a, 73a, 93a 1.2 35a, 63a, 83a, 111a, 137a, 163a 1.3 35a, 67a, 91a, 117a, 141, 143a, 173a 1.4 43a, 71a, 97a, 125a, 155a, 187a 1.5 43a, 75a, 109a, 139a, 169a, 203a



Writing/Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will express ideas effectively in written modes for a variety of purposes and audiences. Standard 1: Writing Process-The student will use the writing process to write coherently. 1. Participate in prewriting activities such as brainstorming, discussion, webbing, or story starters.

1.1 11c, 13a, 30k, 31c, 33a, 52k, 53c, 55a, 75c, 77a, 91c, 95c, 97a, 111c ,115c, 117a, 131c 1.2 11c, 13a, 37c, 39a, 65c, 67a, 81c, 85c, 87a, 109b, 113c, 115a, 135b, 139c, 141a, WA3 1.3 11c, 13a, 36k, 37c, 39a, 65c, 69c, 71a, 89c, 93c, 95a, 115c, 119c, 121a, 141c, 145c, 147a, WA3 1.4 11c, 13a, 41c, 45c, 47a, 69c, 73c, 75a, 95b, 98k, 99c, 101a, 123b, 126k, 127c, 129a, 153c, 157c, 159a, 185b, WA3 1.5 11c, 13a, 45c, 47a, 73c, 77c, 79a, 111c, 113a, 141c, 143a, 167c, 171c, 173a, 201b

2. Write first drafts.

1.1 WA4 1.2 WA4 1.3 WA4 1.4 WA4 1.5 WA4

3. Be introduced to proofreading and editing.

1.1 WA5 1.2 WA5 1.3 WA5 1.4 WA5 1.5 WA5

4. Publish and share writing with various audiences, such as peers or adults.

1.1 31c, 53c, 95c, 115c, WA7 1.2 11c, 65c, 85c, 113c, 139c, WA7 1.3 11c, 69c, 71a, 93c, 119c, WA7 1.4 10k, 45c, 73c, 99c, 127c, 157c, WA7 1.5 11c, 77c, 111c, 113a, 171c, WA7



Standard 2: Modes and Forms of Writing-The student will communicate through a variety of written forms and for various purposes and to a specific audience or person. 1. Develop stories that describe, explain, or tell about familiar objects, people, places, events, or experiences.

1.1 30j, 49c, 71b, 97a, 114k, 117a, 129c, 132-133, WA2-WA9 1.2 10j, 11c, 36j-k, 105c, 110-111, 115a, 131c, 136-137, 159c, 162-163 1.3 33b, 92k, 144k, 171b 1.4 99c, 75a, 91c, 95b, 96-97, 126k, 153c, 156k, 186-187 1.5 10j-k, 44k, 45c, 47a, 79a ,110k, 137b, 140k, 141c, 170k

2. Write “thank you” notes, friendly letters, and invitations.

1.2 37c, 55c, 64k, 105c 1.3 69c, 71a, 87c 1.4 10j-k, 13a, 44j-k, 98j-k, 126j-k, 129a, 156j-k 1.5 170k

3. Make journal entries.

1.1 10j, 30j, 74j-k, 94j-k, 97a, 112j-k 1.2 10j-k, 64j-k, 84j-k, 109b, 112j-k, 138j-k 1.3 10j-k, 13a, 36j-k, 68j-k, 72j-k, 92j-k, 118j-k, 144j-k, 147a 1.4 10j, 126j-k, 44j-k, 98j-k, 129a, 156j-k 1.5 44j-k, 10j-k, 76j-k, 110j-k, 140j-k, 170j-k Note: Journal Writing suggestions occur every day in Scott Foresman Reading Street in Center Ideas

4. Create simple poems.

1.1 77a 1.3 39a, 93c, 113c, 118k 1.5 110k

5. Write brief descriptions of a real object, person, place, or event using some details.

1.1 10j-k, 27c, 31c, 30j, 52j-k, 55a, 74j, 89c, 91c, 92-93, 94j-k, 95c, 114j-k 1.2 10j, 11c, 13a, 29c, 33b, 34-35, 39a, 36j-k, 61c, 63a, 64j-k, 65c, 76a, 81c, 84k, 85c, 87a, 112j-k, 135a, 138j-k, 141a 1.3 10k, 11c, 36k, 37c, 68k, 89c, 92k, 95a, 113c, 115c, 116-117, 121a, 144k 1.4 10k, 44k, 45c, 72k, 73c, 98j-k 99c, 101a, 123b, 126j-k, 127c, 153c, 156j-k, 157c, 159a 1.5 173a, 10j-k, 11c, 35c, 76k, 137b, 110j-k, 140k, 141c, 171c, 173a, 197c, 210b, 170j-k



Standard 3: Grammar/Usage and Mechanics-The student will demonstrate appropriate practices in writing by applying Standard English conventions to the revising and editing stages of writing. 1. Grammar/Usage: Students are beginning to recognize and use appropriate nouns, verbs, and adjectives in their writing. a. Singular and plural nouns

1.2 11d, 13b, 29d, 33c, 34-35, 65d, 67b, 79c-d, 81d, 82-83, 85d, 87b, 105d, 109c, 110-111, 113d, 115b, 131d, 135c, 136-137, 139d, 141b, 159d, 161d, 162-163 1.5 133d

b. Singular possessive pronouns

1.4 12b, 12c-12d, 12f, 13c, 14c-14d, 42c, 42e, 68c-68d, 72q, 126q 1.5 111b, 113b, 133d, 137c, 138-139, 141d, 143b, 165d, 168-169, 171d, 173b, 197d, 201c, 202-203

c. Present and past tense verbs

1.3 11d, 13b, 29d, 33c, 34-35, 93d, 95b, 113d, 115d, 116-117, 119d, 121b, 139d, 141d, 142-143

d. Contractions

1.2 86c-86d, 86f, 88c-88d, 106c, 110c, 110e, 114a, 132c-132d 1.3 14a, 120c-120d, 120f, 122c-122d, 142c, 142e, 145d, 147b, 148a, 167d, 171d, 172-173 1.4 40a, 127d, 130g, 151d

e. Adjectives.

1.4 11d, 13b, 39d, 41d, 42-43, 45d, 47b, 67d, 69d, 70-71, 73d, 75b, 91d, 95c, 96-97, 99d, 101b, 119d, 123c, 124-125, 127d, 129b, 151d, 153d, 154-155, 157d, 159b, 181d, 185c, 186-187

2. Mechanics: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate language mechanics in writing. Example: Capitalize the first word of a sentence, names of people, places, major holidays, days of the week, months of the year, and the pronoun “I”.

1.1 11d, 13b, 25c, 25d, 27d, 28-29, 31d, 33a, 47c, 50-51, 95d, 97b, 109c-d, 111d, 115d, 117b, 129d, 131d, 132-133 1.2 37d, 39b, 55d, 61d, 62-63, 65d, 67b, 79d, 81d, 82-83, 85d, 87b, 105d, 109c, 110-111, 116b 1.3 119d, 121b, 139d, 141d, 142-143 1.5 41d, 73d, 74-75, 77d, 79b, 103d, 107c, 108-109, 138-139, 141d, 168-169



3. Punctuation: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate punctuation in writing. Example: Correctly use periods, exclamation points, and question marks at the end of sentences.

1.1 11d, 13b, 25d, 27d, 28-29, 31d, 95d, 97b, 109d, 111d, 115d, 117b, 129d, 131d, 132-133 1.2 116b 1.4 92a 1.5 13a-b, 41d, 45d, 47b, 67d, 73d, 74-75, 77d, 79b, 103d, 107b-c, 108-109

4. Sentence Structure: The student will demonstrate appropriate sentence structure in writing. Example: Write in complete sentences using a noun and verb in each sentence.

1.1 11c, 11d, 13b, 25d, 27d, 28-29, 31d, 33b, 47d, 49d, 50-51, 53c-d, 67c, 55b, 67c-d, 71c, 72-73, 75d, 77b, 89d, 91d, 92-93, 109d, 111d, 112-113, 115c 1.2 62-63, 55c, 84k, 138k, 161c 1.3 10k, 167c, 172-173 1.4 39c, 42-43 1.5 11d, 13b, 35d, 41d, 42-43, 77d, 79d, 103d, 107c, 108-109, 111c, 133c, 138-139, 197c, 202-203

5. Spelling: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate application of spelling knowledge to the revising and editing stages of writing. a. Spell correctly three-and four-letter words, and grade-level- appropriate sight words.

1.1 10p, 11d, 12e, 14d, 26e, 28d, 30p, 32e, 34d, 48e, 50d, 52p, 54e, 56d, 68e, 72d, 74p, 76e, 78d, 90e, 92d, 94p, 96e, 98d, 110e, 112d, 114p, 116e, 118d, 130e, 132d 1.2 10p, 12e, 14d, 30e, 34d, 36p, 38e, 40d, 56e, 62d, 64p, 66e, 68d, 80e, 82d, 84p, 86e, 88d, 106e, 110d, 112p, 114e, 116d, 132e, 136d, 138p, 140e, 142d, 160e, 162d 1.3 10k, 10p, 12e, 14d, 30e, 34d, 36p, 38e, 40d, 64e, 66d, 68p, 70e, 75d, 88e, 90d, 92p, 94e, 96d, 114e, 116d, 118p, 120e, 122d, 140e, 142d, 144p, 146e, 148d, 168e, 172d 1.4 10p, 12e, 14d, 40e, 42d, 44p, 46e, 48d, 68e, 70d, 72p, 74e, 76d, 92e, 96d, 98p, 100e, 102d, 120e, 124d, 126p, 128e, 130d, 152e, 154d, 156p, 158e, 160d, 182e, 186d 1.5 10p, 12e, 14d, 36e, 42d, 44k, 44p, 46e, 48d, 68e, 74d, 76p, 78e, 80d, 104e, 108d, 110p, 112e, 114d, 134e, 138d, 140p, 142e, 144d, 166e, 168d, 170p, 172e, 174d, 198e, 202d



b. Use a picture dictionary to gain information.

1.1 73a 1.2 163a

6. Handwriting: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate handwriting in the writing process. Example: Print legibly and space letters, words, and sentences appropriately, using left to right progression moving from the top to the bottom of the page.

1.1 11c, 31c, 53c, 75c, 95c, 115c, TR12-TR15 1.2 11c, 37c, 65c, 85c, 113c, 139c, TR12-TR15 1.3 11c, 37c, 69c, 93c, 119c, 145c, TR12-TR15 1.4 11c, 45c, 73c, 99c, 127c, 157c, TR12-TR15 1.5 11c, 45c, 77c, 111c, 141c, 171c, TR12-TR15

Oral Language/Listening and Speaking: The student will demonstrate thinking skills in listening and speaking. Standard 1: Listening – The student will listen for information and for pleasure. 1. Listen attentively and ask questions for clarification and understanding.

1.1 30j, 33c, 55c, 74j, 94j, 114j, 36j, 84j, 112j, 117c 1.2 13c, 68g, 70-71, 79d, 138j 1.3 10j, 36j, 92j, 144j, 68j, 118j 1.4 10j, 13c, 44j, 47c, 72j, 98j, 126j, 156j 1.5 10j, 44j, 76j, 110j, 140j, 170j, 174g, 197d Note: Scott Foresman Reading Street addresses this objective every week in Listening center.

2. Give, restate, and follow simple two-step directions.

1.1 52k 1.2 64j 1.3 13c, 39c, 144j



Standard 2: Speaking – The student will express ideas and opinions in a group or individual situations. 1. Stay on topic when speaking.

1.1 10j, 10r-11, 13c, 18-19, 24a, 25d, 26-27, 28b, 29b, 46a, 47d, 50b, 66a, 67d, 72b, ,82-83, 88a, 89d, 92b, 102-103, 108a, 109d, 112b, 128a, 129d, 132b 1.2 10j, 28a, 29d, 34b, 54a, 55d, 62b, 78a, 79d, 82b, 94, 95, 100-101, 104a, 105d, 110b, 111b, 112r-113, 115c, 118-119, 130a, 131d, 132-133, 136b, 137b, 150-151,158a, 159d, 162b 1.3 28a, 29d, 34b, 62a, 63d, 66b, 86a, 87d, 90b, 92r-93, 95c, 108-109, 112a, 113d, 114-115,116b, 117b, 134-135, 138a, 139d, 142b, 166a, 167d, 172b 1.4 38a, 39d, 42b, 66a, 67d, 70b, 90a, 91d, 96b, 118a, 119d, 124b, 129c, 150a, 151d, 154b, 180a, 181d, 186b 1.5 13c, 34a, 35d, 42b, 47c, 66a, 67d, 74b, 92-93, 102a, 103d, 108b, 132a, 133d, 138b, 164a, 165d, 168b, 196a, 197d, 202b

2. Use descriptive words when speaking about people, places, things and events.

1.1 74r-75, 77c, 90-91, 93b, 94r-95, 97c, 110-111, 113b, 114r-115, 124-125 1.2 115c, 84r-85, 87c, 106-107, 141c 1.3 71c 1.4 10k, 75c, 92-93 1.5 173c

3. Recite poems, rhymes, songs and stories.

1.5 143c, 173c

4. Retell stories using basic story grammar and relating the sequence of story events by answering who, what, when, where, why, and how questions.

1.1 24-25, 46-47, 66-67, 88-89, 97c, 108-109, 128-129 1.2 28-29, 54-55, 78-79, 104-105, 130-131, 158-159 1.3 28-29, 62-63, 86-87, 112-113, 118k, 138-139, 166-167 1.4 38-39, 66-67, 90-91, 118-119, 150-151, 180-181 1.5 34-35, 47c, 66-67, 102-103, 132-133, 164-165, 196-197

5. Relate an important life event or personal experience in a simple sequence.

1.1 WA2-WA9 1.2 34-35, 67c 1.3 13a, 33b, 37c, 65c, 147a 1.4 47c, 99c, 101a-c, 127c, 129a, 153c, 157c, 159a, 159c 1.5 47a, 137b



6. Provide descriptions with careful attention to sensory detail. 1.2 115c 1.3 92k

7. Use visual aids such as pictures and objects to present oral information. 1.1 49c, 111c, 114k 1.2 61c, 64k, 84k 1.4 47a, 98k, 99c, 119c, 123b, 126k, 153c, 156k

Standard 3: Group Interaction-The student will use effective communication strategies in pair and small group context. 1. Show respect and consideration for others in verbal and physical communications.

1.1 24a, 25d, 28b, 46a, 47d, 50b, 55c, 66a, 67d, 72b, 88a, 89d, 92b, 108a, 109d, 112b, 128a, 129d, 132b 1.2 28a, 29d, 34b, 54a, 55d, 62b, 78a, 79d, 82b, 87c, 104a, 105d, 110b, 112k, 115c, 130a, 131d, 136b, 138j-k , 158a, 159d, 162b 1.3 13c, 28a, 29d, 34b, 62a, 63d, 66b, 86a, 87d, 90b, 95c, 112a, 113d, 116b, 118j, 138a, 139d, 142b, 144j, 147c,166a, 167d, 172b 1.4 38a, 39d, 42b, 66a, 67d, 70b, 90a, 91d, 96b, 118a, 119d, 124b, 150a, 151d, 154b, 180a, 181d, 186b 1.5 34a, 35d, 42b, 47c, 66a, 67d, 74b, 79c, 102a, 103d, 108b, 132a, 133d, 138b, 164a, 165d, 168b, 196a, 197d, 202b

2. Make contributions in group discussions.

1.1 24a, 25d, 28b, 46a, 47d, 50b, 66a, 67d, 72b, 88a, 89d, 92b, 108a, 109d, 112b, 128a, 129d, 132b 1.2 28a, 29d, 34b, 54a, 55d, 62b, 78a, 79d, 82b, 104a, 105d, 110b, 130a, 131d, 136b, 158a, 159d, 162b 1.3 28a, 29d, 34b, 62a, 63d, 66b, 68k, 86a, 87d, 90b, 95c, 112a, 113d, 116b, 138a, 139d, 142b, 166a, 167d, 172b 1.4 38a, 39d, 42b, 66a, 67d, 70b, 90a, 91d, 96b, 118a, 119d, 124b, 150a, 151d, 154b, 180a, 181d, 186b 1.5 34a, 35d, 42b, 47c, 66a, 67d, 74b, 102a, 103d, 108b, 132a, 133d, 138b, 164a, 165d, 168b, 196a, 197d, 202b




Visual Literacy: The student will interpret, evaluate, and compose visual messages. Standard 1: Interpret Meaning – The student will interpret and evaluate the various ways visual image-makers including graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers represent meaning. 1. Respond to visual messages by distinguishing between fiction and nonfiction in stories, videos, and television programs.

1.1 12b, 68-71, 118-127 1.2 115c 1.3 64-65 1.5 79c, 113c, 104-105, 113c, 134-135, 167c, 166-167

2. Respond through talk, movement, music, art, drama and writing in ways that reflect understanding of a variety of stories and poems.

1.1 24-25, 46-47, 66-67, 88-89, 108-109, 128-129 1.2 28-29, 39c, 54-55, 67c, 78-79, 104-105, 130-131, 158-159 1.3 28-29, 62-63, 86-87, 112-113, 138-139, 166-167, 175 1.4 38-39, 66-67, 90-91, 118-119, 150-151, 180-181 1.5 34-35, 66-67, 102-103, 132-133, 164-165,169a, 196-197

Standard 2: Evaluate Media-The student will evaluate visual and electronic media such as film as compared with printed messages. Example: Make connections between illustrations and print.

1.1 12b, 68-71, 118-127 1.2 115c 1.3 64-65 1.5 79c, 113c, 104-105, 134-135, 167c, 166-167



Grade Two Reading/Literature: The student will apply a wide range of strategies to comprehend, interpret, evaluate, appreciate, and respond to a wide variety of texts. Standard 1: Phonological/Phonemic Awareness – The student will demonstrate the ability to hear, identify, and manipulate words, syllables, onsets, rimes, and individual sounds (phonemes) in spoken words. 1. Demonstrate an awareness of the sounds that are made by different letters by distinguishing beginning, middle, and ending sounds in words, rhyming words, and clearly pronouncing blends and vowel sounds.

2.1: 96j, 128k 2.2: 218k 2.3: 372k 2.4: 12j, 12k 2.5: 208k, 210c-210d, 232c, 256c, 236c-236d, 262c

a. Segment and blend the phonemes of one-and two-syllable words. Example: salad = /s/ /a/ /l/ /a/ /d/, /s/ /a/ /l/ /a/ /d/ = salad

2.1 12n, 14c, 40c, 42n, 68n, 96n, 128n 2.2 162n, 190n-190o, 218n, 252n, 282n 2.3 316n, 344n, 372n, 395c, 426n-426o 2.4 12n, 42j, 42n, 66j, 66n, 96n, 124n 2.5 154n, 180n, 208n-208o, 234n-234o, 264n 2.6 296n, 322n, 350n, 376n, 402c, 408n

b. Substitute a phoneme change to a word. Example: slap, change the /p/ to /m/ = slam

2.1 12o, 14d, 42o, 60c, 68o, 88c, 120c 2.2 162o, 182c, 212c, 218o, 282o 2.3 338c, 366c, 395c

2.4 12o, 42o, 44d, 66d, 66j, 96o, 1240, 126d


Scott Foresman Reading Street – Grade Two Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

Standard 2: Phonics/Decoding – The student will apply sound-symbol relationships to decode unknown words. 1. Phonetic Analysis a. Use consonant sounds in beginning, medial, and final positions.

2.1 68j, 96j, 128n-128o, 128q, 129d, 130c-130d, 152c, 156c, 156e 2.2 182c 2.5 208k, 234j, 234n-234o, 234q, 236c-236d, 258c, 262c, 262e, 284c 2.6 316c

b. Use short, long, and r-controlled vowel sounds. Example: short – CVC pattern – rob; Example: long – VC final e – robe; Example: r-controlled – “er” in her, “ir” in bird, “ur” in turn, “ar” in car and “or” in port

2.1 12j, 12n-12o, 12q, 13d, 14c-14d, 40c, 40e, 42j, 42n-42o, 42q, 43d, 44c-44d, 60c, 62c, 66c, 66e, 88c, DI·64, DI·65 2.2 162i, 162n-162o, 162q, 163d, 164c-164d, 188c, 188e, 212c, 218i, 218n-218o, 218q, 219d, 220c-220d, 246c, 250c, 250e, 252c, 282n-282o, 282q, 274e, 282j, 283d, 284a, 284c-284d, 306c, 310c, 310e 2.3 316j, 316n-316o, 316q, 317d, 318c-318d, 333c, 340c, 342c, 342e, 344j, 344n-344o, 344q, 345d, 346c, 346d, 366c, 368c, 370c, 370e, 395c, 398c, 400c, 402j, 402n-402o, 402q, 403d, 404c-404d, 420c, 424c, 424e, 452c, DI·64, DI·65, DI·67

2.4 42j, 42n-42o, 44c-44d, 64c, 88c, 124n-124o, 126c-126d, 148c 2.5 172c, 264j

2.6 352a

c. Use blends, digraphs, and diphthongs. Example: blends – cr, sk, st, sw, squ, thr; Example: digraphs – ch, wh, sh, th, ph; Example: diphthongs – oi, oy, ou, ow

2.1 68j, 68n-68o, 70c-70d, 94c, 120c, 128j, 128n-128o, 129d, 130c-130d, 152c, 156c, 156e 2.2 182c 2.4 66j, 66n-66o, 66q, 68c-68d, 90d, 94c, 94e, 96j, 96n-96o, 96q, 97b, 98c, 116c, 118c, 122c, 122e, 124j, 142c 2.5 174c, 234n-234o, 234j, 234q, 235b, 236c, 258c, 262c, 262e, 264n-264o, 266c-266d, 284c, 285c, 290c 2.6 316c, 378a



2. Structural Analysis a. Build and understand compound words, contractions, and base words using prefixes and suffixes. Example: compound words – straw + berry = strawberry; Example: contractions – I am = I’m; Example: prefixes – un + happy = unhappy; Example: suffixes – care + ful = careful;Example: care is the base word of careful; happy is the baseword of unhappy

2.2 190j, 190n-190o, 190p, 192c-191d, 192d, 212d, 214d, 216c, 216d, 243c 2.3 372j, 372n-372o, 372p, 373d, 374c-374d, 395d, 398d, 400c, 400d, 418c 2.4 68-69, 69a, 88e, 90-91, 94b 2.5 154j, 154n-154o, 156-157, 157a, 172e, 174-175, 180j, 180n-180o, 180q, 181b, 182c-182d, 202c, 204c, 206c, 206e, 226c, 284a, 284e 286-287 2.6 296n-296o, 296p, 296, 297b, 298d, 314d, 316d, 320c- 320d, 322j, 322n-322o, 324c-324d, 344c, 355e, 346-347, 348c, 368c, 376j, 376n-376o, 406c, 408j, 408n-408o, 410c-410d, 426c, 432c

b. Apply knowledge of basic syllabication rules to decode words in text. Example: VC-CV – rab-bit = rabbit; Example: V-CV – pi-lot = pilot; Example: VC- V – cab-in = cabin

2.1 12n, 36c, 42n-42o, 42q, 43d, 44c-44d, 62c, 66c, 88c 2.2 162n, 218n, 282n 2.3 316n, 344n, 398c, 402n 2.4 12n-12o, 14c-14d, 40c, 60c 2.6 350n-350o, 352c-352d, 374c

Standard 3: Vocabulary – The student will develop and expand knowledge of words and word meanings to increase vocabulary. 1. Words in Context-Expand vocabulary in language and writing by reading and listening to a variety of texts and literature.

2.1 14e-35a, 44e-59, 62-65, 70c-87a, 98e-119a, 122-125, 130e-149a,12m, 14b, 36b, 38b, 38c, 40b, 42k, 42m, 44b, 60b, 60e, 62b, 62c, 66b, 68m, 70b, 88b, 90b, 90c, 94b, 96m, 98b, 120b, 120e, 122b, 122c, 126b, 128m, 130b, 150b, 152b, 156b, 152c

2.2 162m, 164b, 338b, 182e, 184b, 188b, 184c, 184-187, 190m, 192b, 212b, 192e-211, 212e, 214b, 216b, 214c, 214-215, 218m, 220b, 243b, 220e-242, 242e, 246b, 250b, 246c, 218f-218g, 252m, 252m, 254b, 274b, 254e-273, 276b, 276c, 280b, 282m, 284b, 303b, 306b, 306c, 310b, 284e-302, 306-309

2.3 316k, 316m, 318b, 338b, 340b, 340c, 342b, 318e-337, 344m, 346b, 366b, 368b, 370b, 368c, 346e-365, 366e, 368-369, 372m, 374b, 374, 394a, 395b, 398b, 398c, 400b, 402m, 404b, 404e-417a, 418b, 418e, 420b, 420c, 424b, 426m, 428b, 428e-451, 453b, 454b, 454c, 458b



2.4 42m, 44-45, 45a, 44b, 44f, 44-45a, 60d, 62b, 62c, 64b, 64c, 66m, 68b, 68f, 88b, 88d, 90b, 90c, 94b, 94c, 98-99, 99a, 118b, 118c, 122b, 122c, 124m, 126b, 126f, 126-127, 127a, 142b, 142d, 144b, 144c, 148b, 148c, 96m, 98b, 116b, 98-99, 98f, 116d 2.5 154m, 156b, 156f, 172b, 172d, 174b, 174c-174d, 178b, 178c, 180m, 182b, 182f, 182-183, 183a, 202b, 202d, 202e, 204b, 204c-204d, 206b, 206c, 204-205, 208m, 210b, 210f, 226b, 226d, 226e, 2228b, 228c-228d, 228-231, 232b, 232c, 234m, 236b, 236f, 256b, 256d, 258b, 258c-258d, 262b, 262c 2.6 316b, 316c, 320c, 296m, 298-299, 299a, 314b, 314d, 320b, 322m, 324b, 324f, 344b, 344d, 346b, 346c, 348b, 348c, 350m, 352b, 352f, 352-353, 353a, 368b, 368d, 370c, 374c, 376m, 378b, 378f, 402b, 402d, 402e, 404b, 404c, 404-405, 406b, 406c, 408m, 410b, 410f, 410, 410-411, 411a, 411a 426b, 426d, 428b, 428c, 432b, 432c

2. Synonyms, Antonyms, and Homonyms/Homophones: Understand and explain common antonyms (words with opposite meanings), synonyms (words with the same meanings), and homonyms/homophones (words which sound the same but have different spellings and meanings, e.g. bear and bare).

2.1 88e, 90a, 90-91, 90-93, 150e, 152a, 152-155, 153, 274a 2.2 274a, 274, 276-279, 306a, 338e, 340e 2.3 338e, 340-341, 395e, 398a, 398-399, 398e, 452e, 454-457 2.4 44-45, 45a, 60e, 62-63, 116e, 118-119, 142e, 144-147 2.6 314e, 352-353, 353a, 370-373, 426e, 428--431

3. Affixes-Know the meaning of simple prefixes and suffixes. Example: In unhappy, the "un" means not. In played, the suffix "ed" changes play to past tense.

2.1 96n-96o, 98c-98d, 126c, 150c 2.3 426j, 426n-426o, 428c-428d, 458c 2.4 31c, 34-39, 68-69, 69a, 88e, 90-91, 94b 2.5 156-157, 157a, 172e, 174-175, 180n-180o, 180q, 181b, 182c-182d, 204c, 206c, 206e, 256e, 226c, 286-289



Standard 4: Fluency – The student will identify words rapidly so that attention is directed at the meaning of the text. 1. Read regularly in independent-level text (text in which no more than 1 in 20 words is difficult for the reader) effortlessly and with expression.

2.1 60f, 61b, 65a, 88f, 89b, 93a, 150f, 155a 2.2 182f, 183b, 187a, 212f, 215a, 243f, 249a 2.3 341a,366f, 367b, 369a, 395f, 399a, 423a, 452f ,457a 2.4 31f, 33b, 39a, 60f, 63a, 121a, 142f, 147a 2.5 172f, 173b, 177a, 202f, 203b, 205a, 226f, 231a, 256f, 261a, 284f ,289a 2.6 314f, 315b, 319a, 344f, 347a, 368f, 373a, 402f, 403b, 405a, 426f, 431a

2. Read regularly in instructional-level text that is challenging yet manageable (texts in which no more than 1 in 10 words is difficult for the reader).

2.1 36f, 39a60f, 61b, 65a, 88f, 89b, 93a 2.2 182f, 183b, 187a 2.3 338f, 366f, 367b, 369a, 457a 2.4 31f, 33b, 39a, 60f, 63a 2.5 172f, 173b, 177a, 202f, 203b, 205a, 231a, 261a, 289a 2.6 314f, 315b, 319a, 344f, 347a, 402f, 403b, 405a

3. Engage in repeated readings of same text to increase fluency.

2.1 12q, 35a, 36f, 39a, 42q, 58-59, 60f, 65a, 68q, 87a, 88f, 93a, 96q, 98e-119a, 120f, 128q, 130e, 148-149, 150f, 155a 2.2 162j, 162q, 164e-181a, 182f, 187a, 190j, 190q, 192e-211, 212f, 215a, 218j, 218q, 220e-242, 243f, 249a, 252j, 252q, 254e-273, 274f, 282j, 282q, 284e-302, 303f, 309a 2.3 316j,316q, 318e--337, 338f, 341a, 344j, 344q, 364-365, 366f, 369a, 372j, 372q, 374e-394a, 395f, 399a, 402j, 402q, 404e-417a, 418f, 423a, 426j, 426q, 428e-451, 452f, 457a 2.4 12j,12q, 16-30, 31f, 39a, 42j,42q, 46-59a, 60f, 61b, 63a, 66j, 66q, 70-87a, 88f, 89b, 93a, 96j, 96q, 114-115, 116f, 117b, 121a, 124j 124q, 128-141a, 142f, 143b, 147a 2.5 154j,154q, 158-171a, 172f, 173b, 177a, 180j,180q, 184-201a, 202f, 203b, 205a, 208q, 212-225a, 226f, 227b, 231a, 234j, 234q, 238-255a, 256f, 261a, 264j 264q, 282-283, 284f, 285b, 289a, 298j, 2.6 296j, 296q, 200-3313a, 314f, 319a, 322j, 322q, 326-343a, 344f, 347a, 350j,350q, 354-367a, 368f, 373a, 376j, 376q, 380-401a, 402f, 408q, 412-425a, 426f, 431a, 498j



4. Accurately and fluently read 200-300 high frequency and/or irregularly spelled words in meaningful text.

2.1 14c, 14e-35a,38c, 36d, 40c, 40e-40g, 44c, 43-59, 60d, 60f, 62c, 65a, 66c, 70c, 70e-87a, 88d, 88f, 90c, 93a, 94c, 94e-94g, 98c, 98-119a, 120d, 122c, 126c, 126e-126g, 130c, 130e-149, 150d, 152c,156c, 156e-156g 2.2 164c, 164e-181a, 182d, 182f, 184c, 188c, 188e-188g, 192c, 192e-211, 212d, 214c, 216c, 216e-216g, 220c, 220e-242, 243d, 246c, 250c, 250e-250g, 254c, 254e-273, 274d, 274f, 276c, 279a, 280c, 280e-280g, 284c, 306c, 303d, 2843, 203, 310c, 310e, 310g 2.3 318c, 318e-337, 338d,340c, 342c, 342e-342g, 346c, 346e-365, 366d, 368c, 370c, 370e-370g, 374c,374e-394a, 395d, 398c, 404c, 400e-400g, 404e-417a, 418d, 420c, 424c, 424e-424g, 428c, 428e-451,454c,454-457, 458c, 458e-458g 2.4 14c, 34c, 44c, 62c, 68c, 90c, 98c, 118c, 122e-122g 126c, 144c 2.5 156c, 174c, 182c, 204c, 210c, 228c, 236c, 258c, 266c, 286c 2.6 298c, 316c, 324c, 346c, 352c, 370c, 378c, 404c, 410c, 428c

5. Use punctuation cues in text (i.e., commas, periods, question marks, and exclamation points) as a guide to understanding meaning.

2.1 120f, 121b, 125a 2.2 212f, 213b, 243f, 274f 2.3 395a, 418f

2.4: 88f, 90-93

Standard 5: Comprehension/Critical Literacy – The student will interact with the words and concepts in a text to construct an appropriate meaning. 1. Literal Understanding a. Read and comprehend both fiction and nonfiction that is appropriately designed for second grade.

2.1: 143-35a, 16-37, 38-39, 44e-59, 46-61, 62-65, 70e-87a, 72-89, 90-93, 98e- 11a, 100-121, 122-125, 130e-149, 132-151, 152-155 2.3 318e-339, 340-341, 346e--365, 368-369, 376 e -394 a, 398-399, 404e-417a, 420-423, 428e--453, 446-447, 454-457 2.4 16-33, 34-39, 39b, 46-59 a, 61, 62-63, 70-87,90-93, 118-121, 128-141a, 128-143, 144-147 2.5 158-171a, 173, 174-177, 184-203, 204-205, 212-227, 228-231, 238-257, 258-261, 268-285, 286-289 2.6 300-315, 316-319, 324b, 326-343a, 345, 346-347, 354-369, 368g, 370-373, 380-403, 404-405, 412-427, 428-431



b. Use prereading strategies to preview, activate prior knowledge, make predictions, use picture clues, and establish the purpose for reading (i.e. graphic organizers).

2.1, 14e-35a, 38b, 38e, 40b, 43-59, 62-63, 62b, 66b, 72-73, 90-91, 90b, 94b, 98e-119a ,122-123, 122b, 126b, 132-133, 152-153, 152b, 156b 2.2 164e-181a, 184-185, 184b, 188b, 192e-211, 211b, 214b, 214e, 216b, 222-223, 246-247, 246b, 250b, 256-257, 276-277, 276b, 280b, 286-287, 306-307, 306b, 310b 2.3 320-321, 340b, 340e, 342b, 348-349, 368b, 368e, 370b, 376-377, 398b, 398e, 400b, 404e-417a, 420b, 420-421, 424b, 430-431, 454b, 454-455, 458b 2.4 16-17, 34b, 34e, 38-39, 40b, 46-47, 62b, 62e, 64b, 70-71, 90b, 90-91, 94b, 100-101, 118-119, 118b, 122b, 128-129, 130-131, 144-145, 144b, 146-147, 148b 2.5 154r-155, 158-171a 174-175, 174b, 178b, 184-185, 204b, 204e, 206b, 208-209, 208r, 212-213, 214-215, 228-229, 228b, 232b, 238-239, 258b, 258-259, 262b, 268-269, 286-287, 286b, 288-289, 290b 2.6 300-301, 316b, 316-317, 318-319, 320b, 326-327, 342-343, 346b, 346e, 354-355, 370b, 370-371, 374b, 380-381, 404b, 404e, 406b, 408r, 412-413, 414-415, 425c, 428b, 428-429, 432b

c. Ask and respond to questions to aid comprehension about important elements of fiction and nonfiction.

2.1 121l, 12r-13, 14a, 36a, 36g, 38a, 40a, 42l, 42r-43, 44a, 60a, 60g, 62a, 68l, 68r-69, 80a, 88a, 88g, 90a, 94a, 96l, 96r-97, 98a,120a, 120g, 122a, 126a, 128r-129, 130a, 150a, 150g, 152a, 156a 2.2 162l, 164a, 182a, 162r-163, 182g, 184a, 188a, 190l, 212a, 190r-191, 212g, 214a, 216a, 218l, 220a, 254a, 218r-219, 243g, 246a, 250a, 252l, 254a, 274a, 252r-253, 274g, 275b, 276a, 280a, 281b, 282l, 284a, 303a, 303g, 306a, 310a, 282r-283 2.3 316l, 318a, 338a, 340a, 342a, 316r-317, 338g, 344l, 346a, 370a, 366g, 372l, 372r-373, 374a, 395a, 395g, 398a, 400a, 402l, 402r-403, 404a, 418a, 418g, 420a, 424a, 426l, 426r-427, 428a, 452a, 452g, 454a, 458a 2.4 118-119, 12l, 14a, 14e, 31a, 31g, 34a, 40a, 42l, 42r-43, 44a, 44e, 46-59a, 60a, 60g, 62a, 64a, 66l, 68a, 68e, 88a, 88g, 90a, 94a, 96l, 98a, 98e, 116a, 116g, 118a, 90a, 12l, 124r-125, 125a, 126e, 128-141a, 142a, 142g, 144a, 148a 2.5 154l, 156a, 156e, 172a, 172f, 174a, 178a, 180l, 182a, 182e, 202a, 202f, 204a, 206a, 208l, 210a, 210e, 226a, 226f, 228a, 232a, 234l, 234r-235, 236a, 236e, 238-255a, 256a, 256f, 258a, 262a, 264l, 266a, 266e, 284a, 284f, 286a, 290a 2.6 298a, 298e, 314a, 314g, 316a, 320a, 322l, 324a, 324e, 344a, 344g, 346a, 348a, 350l, 352a, 352, 368a, 370a, 374a, 376l, 378a, 378e, 380-381, 402a, 402g, 404a, 406a, 408l, 410a, 410e, 426a, 426f, 428a, 432a



2. Inferences and Interpretation a. Make inferences about events, characters, and ideas in fictional texts by connecting knowledge and experience to the story.

2.1 13a-13b, 14e-35a, 38b, 40b, 62b, 66b, 69a-69b, 70e-87a, 90b, 94b, 122b, 126b, 129a-129b 130e-149, 152b, 156b 2.2 164e-181a 184b, 188b, 191a-191b, 192e-211, 211b, 214b, 216b, 220e-242, 246b, 250b, 253a-253b, 273, 276b, 280b, 284e-302, 306b, 310b 2.3 317a-317b, 318e-337, 340b, 342b, 346e-365, 368b, 370b, 398b, 400b, 420b, 424b, 454b, 458b 2.4 16-30, 34b, 38-39, 40b, 43-59, 62b, 64b, 90b, 94b, 118b, 122b, 130-131, 144b, 146-147, 148b 2.5 158-171a, 174b, 178b, 204b, 206b, 208r, 208-209, 212-225a, 228b, 232b, 238-255a, 258b, 262b, 264r-265, 268-283, 286b, 288-289, 290b 2.6 296r-297, 300-313a, 316b, 318-319, 320b, 342-343, 346b, 370b, 374b, 404b, 406b, 408r-409, 412-425a, 425c, 428b, 432b

b. Support interpretations or conclusions with examples taken from the text.

2.2 283a-283b, 283d, 284e, 288-289, 305b 2.3 345a-345b, 345d, 346e, 354-355, 367b, 386-387, 444-445 2.4 104-105 2.6 350r, 350-351, 351b, 362-363, 369b

3. Summary and Generalization a. Retell or act out narrative text by identifying story elements and sequencing the events.

2.1 36g, 36-37, 60g, 60-61, 88g, 88-89, 120g, 120-121, 150g, 150-151 2.2 163a-163b, 164e-181a, 182g, 182-183, 192e-211, 212g, 212-213, 219a-219b, 220e-242, 243g, 243-244, 274g, 274-275, 303g, 303-304 2.3 318e-337, 338g, 338-339, 366g, 366-367, 369d, 395g, 395-396, 418g, 418-419, 452g, 452-453 2.4 31g, 31-32, 60g, 60-61, 88g, 88-89, 116g, 116-117, 142g, 142-143 2.5 172g, 172-173, 180f-180g, 184-201a, 202g, 202-203, 212-225a, 226g, 226-227, 256g, 256-257, 284g, 284-285 2.6 314g, 314-315, 344g, 344-345, 368g, 368-369, 402g, 402-403, 426g, 426-427



b. Produce oral or written summaries of text selections by discussing who, what, when, where, why, and how to identify the main idea and significant supporting details of a text.

2.1 14e-15a, 43a-43b, 44e-59, 97a-97b, 98e-119a 2.2 220e-242, 228-229, 242b, 254e-273, 284e-302

2.3 318e-337, 346e-365 2.4 12r-13, 16-30, 112-113, 115b, 128-141a 2.6 350r, 350-351, 364-365, 367c

4. Analysis and Evaluation a. Identify cause and effect relationships in a text.

2.2 252k 2.3 373a-373b, 373d, 374e-394a,, 380-381, 397b, 404e-417a,4 427a-427b, 427d, 428e-451, 438-439, 453b 2.6 354-367a, 376r, 376-377, 377b, 380-401a, 394-395, 403b, 412-425a

b. Make comparisons and draw conclusions based on what is read.

2.1 12k, 98e-119a 2.2 283a-283b, 284e-302 2.3 344k, 345a-345b, 346e-365, 354-355, 372k, 274e-394a, 428e-451 2.4 12r13, 13b, 16-30, 33b, 46-59a, 66k, 66r-67, 67b, 70-87a, 89b 2.6 296r, 296-297, 297b, 300-313a, 315b, 350r-351, 354-367a, 376k

c. Describe character traits, changes, and relationships.

2.1 13a-13b, 13d, 14e, 18-19, 37b, 69a-' 69b, 69d, 70e, 82-83, 89b, 140-141 2.2 18-19, 178-179 2.3 372k 2.6 408r, 408-409, 409b, 422-423, 427b

5. Monitoring and Correction Strategies-Integrate the use of semantics, syntax, and graphophonic cues to gain meaning from the text. Example: semantic – Does it make sense?;Example: syntax – Does it sound right?;Example: graphophonic – Does it look right?

2.1 70e-87a, 80-81, 87c, 130e-149, 2.2 284e, 292-293 2.3 346e, 360-361, 365b, 374e, 382-383, 394c428e, 436-437 2.4 12r, 12-13, 42r, 42-43, 66r, 66-67, 84-85, 87c, 88g, 124r, 124-125 2.5 180r, 180-181, 198-199, 202g, 208r, 208-209, 234r, 234-235, 264r, 264-265, 268-283 2.6: 322r-323, 326-343a



Standard 6: Literature: The student will read to construct meaning and respond to a wide variety of literary forms.

1. Literary Genres – Demonstrate knowledge of and appreciation for various forms (genres) of literature. Example: Recognize defining characteristics of a variety of texts (e.g., poems, informational text, plays, folk tales, fables, predictable books, legends, and fairytales).

2.1 38, 39, 46-59, 62-65, 90-93, 100-119, 122-125, 132-149 2.2 184-187, 214-215, 222-242, 246-249, 256-273, 276-279, 286-302, 306-309 2.3 320-337, 340-341, 368-369, 376-394, 420-423, 430-451, 446-447, 454-457 2.4 39b, 46-59, 62-63, 70-87, 100-115, 118-121, 128-141 2.5 158-171, 174-177, 204, 205, 228-231, 238-255, 286-289 2.6 316-319, 326-343, 346-347, 370-373, 380-401, 404-405, 428-431

2. Literary Elements – Demonstrate knowledge of literary elements and techniques and how they affect the development of a literary work. a. Compare different endings to stories and identify the reasons and the impact of the different ending.

Related Content: 2.1 44b 2.3 403a-403b, 403d, 404e, 414-415, 419b 2.4 42r-43, 96r, 96-97, 97b, 114-115, 128-141a 2.5 184-201a, 208r, 208-209, 209b, 212-225a, 225c, 227b, 238-255a 2.6 300-313a 408r, 408-409, 409b, 422-423, 427b

b. Compare plots, settings, and characters presented in several texts by the same author (i.e., author studies).

Related Content: 2.1 12k, 110-111 2.3 460-461 2.6 302-303

c. Infer the lesson or moral in a variety of texts (e.g., multicultural tales, fables, legends, and myths).

2.2 222-223, 279d 2.3 420-423, 428f, 438-439 2.6 354-355, 362-363, 364-365, 370-373, 404b, 408k, 414-415, 428-431



3. Figurative Language and Sound Devices – The student will identify figurative language and sound devices in writing and how they affect the development of a literary work. Example: Identify the use of rhythm, rhyme, and alliteration (using words with repeating consonant sounds [e.g., "Silly Sally went to town."] in poetry).

2.1 36e, 38a, 38-39, 40b 2.2 196-197, 228-229, 292-293, 303e 2.5 188-189


2.1: 96k 2.2: 282k 2.3: 344k 2.4: 123a, 124k 2.5: 180k 2.6: 322k, 349a, 350k, 408

1. Accessing Information – Select the best source for a given purpose. a. Identify the purposes of various reference materials such as a dictionary, a thesaurus, and an atlas.

2.1 41a, 128k, 146-147 2.3 372k, 459a 2.4 41a, 66k, 149a 2.6 375a, 407a

b. Alphabetize to the second letter.

2.1 67a 2.2 215a, 251a 2.3 401 2.4 41a

c. Use guide words to locate words in dictionaries and topics in encyclopedias.

2.2 162k 189a, 251a 2.3 343a, 426k

2.4: 96j, 124j 2.5 179a, 233a



d. Use title page, table of contents, glossary, and index to locate information. 2.1 74-75, 95a 2.3 343a 2.5: 179a

e. Use and interpret charts, maps, graphs, schedules, and directions.

2.1 12r-13, 39b, 39d, 42r-43, 61b, 65b, 67b, 68r-69, 89b, 95b, 96k, 96r-97,118-119, 121b, 125b, 127b, 128r-129, 151b, 157a,157b 2.2 162r-163, 183b, 189b, 215b, 218r-219, 245b, 249b, 251b, 252r-253, 275b, 281b 371a 2.3 371a 425a 2.4 12m, 33b, 41b, 65a, 66r-67, 70-87a, 80-85, 95a 2.5: 180f-180g, 184-201a, 207a, 263a 2.6 328-329, 336-337, 338-339, 349b, 376r-377, 380-401a, 400-401, 407b, 433a

2. Interpreting Information – Analyze and evaluate information from a variety of sources. Example: Use graphic organizers, such as webbing and mapping, to organize and summarize information.

2.1 12-13, 13d, 35c, 37b, 44f, 61b, 70f, 93d, 127a 2.2 164f, 190-191, 192f, 213b, 217a, 252-253, 254f, 282-283, 284f, 311a 2.3 318f, 374f, 426k, 428f, 459a 2.4 41a, 66k, 87c, 149a 2.5 198-199, 291a 2.6 321a, 394-395

Writing/Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will express ideas effectively in written modes for a variety of purposes and audiences. Standard 1: Writing Process – The student will use the writing process to write coherently. 1. Create a list of topic ideas for writing.

2.1 WA3 2.2 WA3 2.3 WA3 2.4 96k , WA3 2.5 205b ,WA3 2.6 WA3



2. Use a process approach to write coherently, using developmentally appropriate steps of the writing process: prewriting, drafting, revising, editing or proofreading, and publishing or sharing.

2.1 WA2-WA9 2.2 211a,WA2-WA9 2.3 WA2-WA9 2.4 WA2-WA9 2.5 WA2-WA9 2.6 425b, WA2-WA9

3. Organize related ideas together to maintain a consistent focus by establishing a beginning, middle, and ending.

2.1 425b, WA2-WA9 2.2 183a, 188-189, 242a, 245a, 250-251, 275a, 280-281, 305a, 310-311 WA2-WA9 2.3 337a, 367a, 370-371, 453a, 458-459, WA2-WA9 2.4 WA2-WA9 2.5 WA2-WA9 2.6 WA2-WA9

Standard 2: Modes and Forms of Writing – The student will communicate through a variety of written forms and for various purposes and to a specific audience or person.

2.1: 149a, 155b, 59a 2.2: 187b, 191c, 218k, 282k, 309b 2.3: 345c, 369b, 373c, 402k, 423b 2.4: 13a, 63b, 93b, 121b, 125a 2.6: 319b, 350k, 401b

1. Recognize that language has many uses such as informing, persuading, and entertaining.

2.1 13c, 35b, 37a, 39b, 43c, 65b, 69c, 87b, 93b, 97c, 119b, 125b, 129c 2.2 163c, 181b, 183a, 211a, 213a, 215b, 219c, 27a, 242a, 245a, 253c, 273a, 275a, 279b, 283c, 302a 2.3 317c, 337a, 339a, 341b, 342-343, 373c, 394b, 397a, 399b, 403c, 423b, 427c, 451a, 457b 2.4 30a, 39b, 43a, 59b, 61a, 64-65, 67a, 89a, 141b, 143a, 147b 2.5 154k,155a, 171b, 177b, 180k, 181a, 201b, 203a, 206-207, 208k, 209a, 225b, 227a, 231b, 232-233, 235a, 255b, 257a, 261b, 264k , 265a, 283a, 285a, 289b 2.6 297a, 322k, 323a, 347b, 351a, 373b, 377a 401b, 405b, 425b, 431b



2. Write brief personal descriptive narratives (stories) that: 2.3: 402k 2.5: 154k, 208k

a. Present a logical sequence of events.

2.1 35b, 37a, 69c, 87b, 129c, WA2-WA9 2.2 162k, 181b, 183a, 190k, 218k, 245a, 252k, 275a, 279b, 282k 2.3 339a, 394b, 397a, 457d 2.4 39b, 42k, 66k 2.5 201b, 227a 2.6 298c-298d, 373b

b. Develop a main idea.

Related Content: 2.1 35b, 37a, 69c, 87b, 129c, WA2-WA9 2.2 181b, 183a, 245a, 275a, 279b, 316k 2.3 339a, 344k, 394b, 397a 2.4 39b 2.5 201b, 227a 2.6 373b, 409a

c. Use details to support the main idea.

Related Content: 2.1 35b, 37a, 69c, 87b, 96k, 129c, WA2-WA9 2.2 13c, 181b, 183a, 245a, 275a, 279b, 316k 2.3 339a, 344k, 394b, 397a 2.4 39b, 96k 2.5 201b, 227a 2.6 373b

3. Write “thank you” notes, friendly letters (identifying the five parts), and invitations.

2.1 12k, 68k, 87b 2.2 283c 2.3 365a, 367a, 402k, 417b 2.4 66k, 115a 2.5 234k, 235a, 283a 2.6 296k, 313b, 367b, 376k, 408k

4. Make journal entries.

2.1 16a, 46a, 72a, 100a, 132a 2.2 166a, 194a, 222a, 256a, 282r – 283, 286a 2.3 320a, 348a, 376a, 406a, 430a 2.4 12k, 9b



5. Create simple rhymes and poems.

2.4 97a, 117a 2.6 343b

Standard 3: Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will demonstrate appropriate practices in writing by applying Standard English conventions to the revising and editing stages of writing.

2.1 121a, 126-127 2.2 213a 2.4 89a, 94-95 2.6 345a

1. Grammar/Usage: Students are expected to recognize and use correctly nouns, verbs, contractions, and adjectives in their writing. 2.1 94-95, 89a, 66-67, 61a 2.2 283d, 302b, 305b, 309c, 310-311 2.3 345d, 370-371, 403d, 417c, 419a, 419b, 423c, 424-425 2.4 33a, 40-41, 121c, 125b, 141c, 143b, 147c, 148-149 2.5 173a, 178-179, 264m, 266b, 266f, 284b, 284d, 286b, 286c-286d, 290b, 290c 2.6 298b, 298f, 298-299a a. Singular and plural nouns 2.2 219d, 242b, 245b, 249c, 250-251, 252j, 253d, 273b, 275b, 279c, 280-281, 2.3 365b, 369c b. Common and proper nouns

2.2 163d, 181c, 183b, 187c, 188-189, 191d, 211b, 213b, 215c, 216-217, 232-233

c. Pronouns 2.5 155b, 171c, 173b, 177c, 178-179, 181b, 201c, 203b, 205c, 206-207, 209b, 225c, 227b, 231c, 232-233, 235b, 255c, 257b, 261c, 262-263

d. Subjects (naming part) and predicates (action part)

2.1 43d, 59b, 61b, 65c, 66-67, 69d, 87c, 89b, 93c, 94-95

e. Present and past tense verbs 2.3 317d, 337b, 339b, 342-343, 341c, 367b, 373d, 394c, 397b, 399c, 400-401, 403d, 417c, 419b, 423c, 424-425, 427d, 451b, 453b, 457c-457d, 458-459

f. Helping verbs

2.3 427d, 451b, 453b, 457c, 458-459



g. Adjectives

2.4 13b, 30b, 33b, 39c, 40-41, 42k,, 43b, 59c, 61b, 63c, 64-65, 67b, 87c, 89b, 93c, 94-95, 124k

h. Contractions (e.g., I'm, You're)

2.5 265b, 283b, 285b, 289c, 290-291

2. Mechanics: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate language mechanics in writing. 2.5: 225b, 231c a. Capitalize all proper nouns (names of specific people or things, such as Mike, Indian, Jeep), greetings, months and days of the week, titles (Dr., Mr., Mrs., and Miss), and initials of people.

2.1 35b 2.2 191d, 211b, 213b, 215c, 216-217 2.6 297b, 313c, 315b, 319c, 320-321

b. Capitalize correctly the first word in a sentence and the pronoun “I.”

2.1 35c, 37b, 39c, 40-41, 43d, 97d, 126-127, 129d 2.6 297b

3. Punctuation: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate punctuation in writing. a. Correctly use end punctuation.

2.1 12k, 13d, 35b, 35c, 37b, 39c, 40-41, 43d, 97d, 97d, 119c, 125c, 126-127, 129d, 149b, 151b, 155c, 156-157 2.2 181b, 254a, 302a 2.4 141b 2.6 319c, 351b, 373c, 377b, 401c, 403b, 405c, 406-407

b. Use commas correctly in dates.

2.4 115a 2.6 367c, 369b, 374-375

c. Use apostrophes correctly in contractions.

2.5 265b, 283b, 289c, 290-291



d. Use quotation marks to show that someone is speaking. 2.4 66q 2.3 394b 2.6 323b, 343c, 345b, 347c, 348-349

e. Use period in common abbreviations. Example: Mr., Mrs., Dr., Mon., and Jan.

2.6 297b, 319c

4. Sentence Structure: The student will demonstrate appropriate sentence structure in writing. Example: Write in complete sentences using a noun, verb, and details.

2.1 13d, 35c, 37b, 39c, 40-41, 97d, 119c, 121b, 125c, 126-127, 129d, 151a, 151b, 156-157, 397a 2.3 374d, 395d, 398d, 400d, 404d, 418d, 420d, 424d, 426p, 428d, 452d, 454d, 458d, 400-401 2.5 285a, 29o-29 2.6 315a, 320-321, 403a, 406-407

5. Spelling: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate application of spelling knowledge to the revising and editing stages of writing. a. Spell correctly words with short and long vowel sounds, r-controlled vowels, and consonant vowel patterns.

2.1 13d, 14d, 36d, 38d, 40d, 42p, 43d, 44d, 60d, 62d, 66d, 96p, 98d, 120d, 122d, 126d, 128p, 130d, 150d, 152d, 156d 2.2 162p, 163d, 164d, 182d, 184d, 188d, 190p, 192d, 212d, 214d, 216d, 218p, 219d, 220d, 243d, 246d, 250d, 252p, 254d, 274d, 276d, 280d,282p, 283d, 284d, 303d, 306d, 310d 2.3 316p, 318d, 338d, 340d, 342d, 344p, 345d, 346d, 366d, 368d, 370d, 374d, 395d, 398d, 400d, 402p, 403d, 404d, 418d, 420d, 424d, 426p, 428d, 452d, 454d, 458d 2.4: 12p, 14d, 31d, 34d, 40d, 42p, 44d, 60d, 52d, 64d, 66p, 68d, 88d, 90d, 94d, 118d, 122d, 124p, 126d, 142d, 144d, 148d 2.5 182e, 202d, 204d, 206d, 208p, 210d, 226d, 228d, 232d, 234p, 236d, 256d, 258d, 262d, 264p, 266d, 284d, 286d, 290d 2.6 296p, 314d, 316d, 320d, 322p, 324d, 344d, 346d, 348d, 350p, 352d, 368d, 370d, 374d, 376p, 378d, 402d, 404d, 406d, 408p, 410d, 426d, 428d, 432d

b. Spell frequently used words with irregular spelling patterns. 2.1 15a, 45a, 71a, 99a, 131a 2.2 165a, 193a, 221a, 255a, 285a 2.3 319a, 347a, 375a, 405a, 429a



c. Spell prefixes and suffixes correctly.

2.5 154p, 155b, 156d, 172d, 174d, 178d, 180p, 181b, 182d, 202d, 204d, 206d 2.6 376p, 377b, 378d, 402d, 404d, 406d, 408p, 409b, 410d, 426d, 428d, 432d

d. Recognize the use of homophones/homonyms in spelling.

2.2 274e, 276-277 2.4 44-45, 45a, 62e 2.6 314e, 352-353, 353a, 370-371, 426e, 428-429

6. Handwriting: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate handwriting in the writing process. Example: Form letters correctly and space words and sentences properly so that writing can be easily read by another person.

2.1 13c, 43c, 69c, 97c, 129c, TR14-TR17 2.2 163c, 191c, 219c, 253c, 283c, TR14-TR17 2.3 317c, 345c, 373c, 403c, 427c, TR14-TR17 2.4 13a, 43a, 67a, 97a, 125a, TR14-TR17 2.5 155a, 181a, 209a, 235a, 265a, TR14-TR17 2.6 297a, 323a, 351a, 377a, 409a, TR14-TR17

Oral Language/Listening and Speaking: The student will demonstrate thinking skills in listening and speaking. Standard 1: Listening – The student will listen for information and for pleasure.

2.1 12j, 42j, 68j, 96j, 128j 2.2 162j, 190j, 218j, 252j, 282j 2.3 316j, 344j, 372j, 402j, 426j 2.4 12j, 42j, 66j, 96j, 124j 2.5 154j, 180j, 208j, 208k, 234j, 264j 2.6 296j, 322j, 350j, 376j, 408j

1. Listen attentively and ask questions for clarification and understanding.

2.1 36g, 39d, 60g, 88g, 120g, 150g, 155d 2.2 182g, 212g, 243g, 274g, 303g 2.3 338g, 366g, 395g, 418g, 452g 2.4 31g, 42r, 42-43, 56-57, 59c, 60g, 88g, 116g, 124r, 124-125, 138-139, 141c, 142g 2.5 172g, 202g, 226g, 234r, 242-243, 255c, 256g, 284g 2.6 314g, 344g, 368g, 402g, 462g

2. Give, restate, and follow simple two-and three-step directions.

2.2 249d



Standard 2: Speaking – The student will express ideas and opinions in group or individual situations.

2.2 190k, 279d 2.5 234k

1. Speak articulately and audibly using appropriate language, correct usage, enunciation and volume.

2.1 39d, 93d 2.2 187d , 232-233, 234-235, 268-269, 278-279, 281a 2.3 369d, 423d, 457d 2.4 63d, 93d, 121d, 147d 2.5 231d, 261d 2.6 319d, 347d, 373d, 405d, 431

2. Provide descriptions using correct sequence of events and details.

2.1 36g, 36-37, 60g, 60-61, 88g, 88-89,96k, 120g, 120-121, 150g, 150-151 2.2 182g, 182-183, 212g, 212-213, 243g, 243-244, 274g, 274-275, 303g, 303-304 2.3 338g, 338-339, 366g, 366-367, 369d, 395g, 395-396, 418g, 418-419, 452g, 452-453 2.4 31g, 31-32, 39d, 60g, 60-61, 88g, 88-89, 116g, 116-117, 142g, 142-143, 147d 2.5 172g, 172-173, 202g, 202-203, 226g, 226-227, 231d, 256g, 256-257, 284g, 284-285 2.6 314g, 314-315, 344g, 344-345, 368g, 368-369, 402g, 402-403, 405d, 426g, 426-427

3. Use verbal and nonverbal communication in effective ways, such as making announcements, giving directions, or making instructions.

2.2 162k, 249d 2.3 341d 2.4 63d, 93d

Standard 3: Group Interaction – The student will use effective communication strategies in pairs and small group context.

2.2 252k 2.3 316k, 402k, 426k 2.4 42k, 42j, 66j, 66k, 96k, 96j, 122-123, 124k, 124j 2.5 180k, 234k, 264k 2.6 296k, 322k, 348-349, 376k, 376j



1. Show respect and consideration for others in verbal or physical communication.

2.1 13d, 14f, 35c, 36g, 39d, 40b, 43d, 44f, 59b, 60g, 65d, 66b, 69d, 70f, 87c, 88g, 89b, 93d, 94b, 97d, 98f, 119c, 120g, 126b, 129d, 130f, 149b, 150g, 151b, 156b 2.2 163d, 164f, 181c, 182g, 183b, 187d, 188b, 191d, 192f, 211b, 212g, 213b, 216b, 219d, 220f, 242b, 243g, 245b, 249d, 250b, 253d, 254f, 274g, 279d, 280b, 283d, 284f, 302b, 303g, 305b, 309d, 310b 2.3 317d, 318f, 337b, 338g, 341d, 342b, 345d, 346f, 365b, 366g, 367d, 373d, 374f, 394c, 395g, 397d, 400b, 403d, 404f, 417c, 418g, 419b, 424b, 427d, 451b, 452g, 453b 2.4 13b, 14e, 30b, 31g, 33b, 39d, 40b, 43b, 44e, 59c, 60g, 61b, 63d, 64b, 67b, 68e, 87c, 88g, 89b, 93d, 94b, 97b, 98e, 115b, 116g, 117b, 121d, 122b, 125b, 126e, 141c, 142g, 143b, 147d, 148b 2.5 155b, 156e, 171c, 172g, 173b, 177d, 178b, 181b, 182e, 201c, 202g, 203b, 205d, 206b 2.6: 347d, 373d

2. Ask and answer questions related to the topic and make contributions in small or large group discussions.

2.1 13d, 14f, 35c, 36g, 39d, 40b, 43d, 44f, 59b, 60g, 65d, 66b, 69d, 70f, 87c, 88g, 89b, 93d, 94b, 97d, 98f, 119c, 120g, 126b, 129d, 130f, 149b, 150g, 151b, 156b 2.2 163d, 164f, 181c, 182g, 183b, 187d, 188b, 191d, 192f, 211b, 212g, 213b, 216b, 219d, 220f, 242b, 243g, 245b, 249d, 250b, 253d, 254f, 274g, 279d, 280b, 283d, 284f, 302b, 303g, 305b, 309d, 310b 2.3 317d, 318f, 337b, 338g, 341d, 342b, 345d, 346f, 365b, 366g, 367d, 373d, 374f, 394c, 395g, 397d, 400b, 403d, 404f, 417c, 418g, 419b, 424b, 427d, 451b, 452g, 453b 2.4 13b, 14e, 30b, 31g, 33b, 39d, 40b, 43b, 44e, 59c, 60g, 61b, 63d, 64b, 67b, 68e, 87c, 88g, 89b, 93d, 94b, 97b, 98e, 115b, 116g, 117b, 121d, 122b, 125b, 126e, 141c, 142g, 143b, 147d, 148b 2.5 155b, 156e, 171c, 172g, 173b, 177d, 178b, 181b, 182e, 201c, 202g, 203b, 205d, 206b 2.6 350k

Visual Literacy: The student will interpret, evaluate, and compose visual messages. Standard 1: Interpret Meaning – The student will interpret and evaluate the various ways visual image-makers, including graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers, represent meaning.

2.2: 215d 2.4: 96k, 124k 2.5: 264k 2.6: 322k, 350k, 408k




1. Distinguish between telling and selling messages in such things as commercials, advertisements, and safety and drug public service announcements.

2.3 399d 2.4 39d 2.5 177d, 289d

2. Identify the differences in facts and opinions in print and nonprint media.

2.4 42r, 42-43, 43a, 43b, 48-49, 61b, 74-75, 124r, 124-125, 125b, 130-131, 143b 2.6 304-305, 322r, 322-323, 323b, 330-331, 345b, 392-393

Standard 2: Evaluate Media – The student will evaluate visual and electronic media, such as film, as compared with print media. 1. Make connections between illustrations and print.

2.1 16-17, 38e, 72-73 2.2 166-167, 194-195, 214e, 222-223, 252k, 256-257, 286-287 2.3 320-321, 348-349, 376-377, 406-407, 420-421, 430-431 2.4 16-17, 70-71, 100-101, 128-129 2.5 174-175, 177d, 184-185, 204e, 208k,212-213, 238-239, 268-269 2.6 300-301, 316-317, 326-327, 354-355, 380-381, 412-413

2. Identify differences in the presentation or depiction of characters and plot that tells of characters in American and other cultures through listening, viewing, or reading (e.g., read Cinderella and watch film). Compare and contrast the two.

Related Content: 2.2 279d



Grade Three Reading/Literature: The student will apply a wide range of strategies to comprehend, interpret, evaluate, appreciate, and respond to a wide variety of texts. *Standard 1: Phonics/Decoding-The student will apply sound-symbol relationships to decode words. 1. Phonetic Analysis-Apply knowledge of phonetic analysis to decode unknown words (e.g., common letter/sound relationships, consonants, blends, digraphs, vowels, and diphthongs).

3.1 41i, 41j, 63i, 63j, 85i, 115i, 141i, 141j 3.2 173i, 173j, 197i, 223i, 249i, 249j, 271i, 271j 3.3 303i, 303j, 329i, 353i, 379i, 379j, 399i 3.4 35i, 35j, 59i, 85j 85i, 111i, 137i 3.5 169i, 193i, 219i, 243i, 243j, 275i, 275j 3.6 301i, 303i, 331i, 331j, 353i, 353j, 379i, 407i, 407j

2. Structural Analysis-Apply knowledge of structural analysis to decode unknown words (e.g., syllabication rules, affixes, root words, compound words, spelling patterns, contractions, final stable syllables).

3.1 54-60, 63c, 66b, 85j, 85i, 85j, 85l, 115j, 41i, 44-45, 44b, 63j, 118-119, 128-135,141c 3.2 173i, 197i, 197j, 197, 223i, 223j, 223k, 249j 3.3 282-283, 292-298, 303i, 303j, 329i, 329j, 329k, 332-333, 332b, 334-343, 353c, 353j, 379i, 379k, 399j 3.4 24-28, 35c, 35i,38-39, 38b, 45, 59c, 59j, 85i, 85k, 111i, 111j, 111k, 116-125, 137c,137i, 137j, 137l 3.5 169i, 169j, 182, 193j, 193j, 196-197, 196b, 198-207, 208-216, 219c, 275i, 275k 3.6 286-287, 296-300, 303c, 303j, 334b, 353i, 358-367, 356b, 369, 379c, 379i, 407j 379j, 407j

3. Apply knowledge of sentence structures and semantics in conjunction with phonics and structural analysis to decode unknown words.

3.1 12j, DI 45 3.2 176, 200 3.5 222, 243c, DI 24 3.6 353c, 407i


Scott Foresman Reading Street – Grade Three Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

Standard 2: Vocabulary-The student will develop and expand knowledge of words and word meanings to increase vocabulary.

3.1: 12l, 27, 35, 38-41, 42j, 46-53, 54-60, 42l, 62-63, 63c, 64j, 64l, 68-75, 76- 82, 84-85, 86j, 86l, 100-110, 109, 112-115, 116j, 116l, 127, 134, 141c 3.2: 150j, 150l, 161, 167, 162-168, 170-173, 173c, 174j, 174l, 186, 191, 178-185, 197c, 198j, 198l, 209, 217, 202-209, 210-218, 200-223, 223c, 224j, 224l, 245, 237, 228-237, 238-246, 248-249, 249c, 250j, 250k, 250l, 261, 265, 254-261, 262-266, 268-271, 271c, 280j, 284-291, 292-298 3.3: 280l, 291, 297, 300-303, 303c, 304j, 308-313, 314-320, 304l, 313, 319, 329c, 322-329, 330j, 334-343, 344-350, 330l, 343, 349, 352-353, 353c, 354j, 354k, 358-367, 354l, 367, 373, 368-374, 373, 368-374, 376-379, 379c, 384-389, 390- 394, 380l, 389, 393, 399c 3.4: 12j, 16-23, 24-28, 12l, 23, 27, 30-35, 35c, 36j, 36l, 47, 53, 59c, 56-59, 60j, 62b, 64-69, 70-75, 69, 60l, 77, 78-85, 85c, 86j, 90-97, 98-106, 86l, 105, 111c, 112j, 114b, 116-125, 126-130, 112l, 125, 129, 137c, 132-137 3.5: 150-157, 158-164, 146l, 157, 163, 166-169, 169c, 170j, 174-183, 184-190, 170l, 183, 189, 193c, 192-193, 194l, 207, 215, 219c, 382, 198-207, 382, 208- 216, 218-219, 224-231, 232-238, 220l, 231, 237, 243c, 240-243, 244j, 248-259, 244l, 259, 260-270, 275c 3.6: 284j, 284k, 299, 284l, 288-295, 296-300, 302-303, 303c, 304j, 308-317, 318-326, 317, 325, 304l, 331c, 328-331, 332j, 332k, 332l, 343, 349, 336-343, 344-350, 353c, 352-353, 354j, 354l, 367, 375, 358-367, 368-376, 379c, 380j, 380l, 393, 400,m 384-393, 407c, 404-407

1. Words in Context-Use context clues (the meaning of the text around the word) to determine the meaning of grade-level appropriate words.

3.1 12j, 14-15, 16-27, 28-36, 41c, 44b, 66-67, 85c, 88b, 88-89, 90-99,97, 107, 115c 3.2 152-153, 162-168, 173c, 176-177, 186-192, 197c, 223c,226-227,, 228-237, 249c, 250j, 252-253, 262-266, 271c 3.3 303c, 329c, 353c, 358-367, 379c, 399c 3.4 35c, 59c, 60j, 62-63, 70-75, 85c, 88-89, 98-106, 99, 111c, 114-115, 116-125, 137c 3.5 146j, 148b, 148-149, 155, 169c, 172b, 172-173, 174-183, 193c, 219c, 222b, 222-223, 232-238, 243c, 246b, 246-247, 248-249,257, 275c 3.6 303c,306b, 306-307, 308-317, 318-326, 331c, 353c, 368-376, 379c,382b, 384-393, 394-401, 407c



2. Affixes-Use prefixes (for example: un-, pre-, bi-, mis-, dis-, en-, in-, im-, ir-) suffixes (for example:-er,-est,-ful,-ness,-ing,-ish,-less), and roots to determine the meaning of words.

3.1 116j, 118-119 3.2 176b, 3.3 280-281, 303c, 304j, 329k-329l, 354j, 379k-379l 3.4 14b, 14-15, 85k-85l, 111k-111l 3.5 275k-275l, 356b 3.6 353k-353l, 356-357, 368

3. Synonyms, Antonyms, and Homonyms/Homophones: Determine the meanings of words using knowledge of synonyms, antonyms, homonyms/homophones , and multiple meaning words.

3.1 14b, 14-15, 41c 3.2 152-153, 152b, 173c, 200b, 226b, 226-227, 252b , 289c 3.3 380j 3.4 88b 3.5 148b, 148-149, 150-157, 169c, 170j, 172b, 172-173, 184-190, 193c, 193i, 219j, 220j, 246b, 246--259, 275c 3.6 306b, 306-307, 313, 382b, 382-383, 399, 407c

4. Using Resource Materials-Use word reference materials (glossary, dictionary, thesaurus) to determine the meaning and pronunciation of unknown words.

3.1 42j, 64j, 66-67, 68-75, 85c, 118b, 120-127, 128-135 3.2 150j, 173n, 174j, 200-201, 210-218, 223c 3.3 306b, 306-307, 314-320, 329c, 356b, 380j, 382b, 382, 384-389, 399c 3.4 35n, 146j, 146k, 220j, 244j 3.6 284j, 286b, 334-335, 344-350, 353c, 354j, 380j

*Standard 3: Fluency-The student will identify words rapidly so that attention is directed at the meaning of the text. 1. Read regularly in independent-level texts (texts in which no more than 1 in 20 words is difficult for the reader) fluently and accurately, and with appropriate rate, change in voice, and expression.

3.1 12j, 12l-12m, 41a, 42j, 42l-42m,63a, 64j, 85a, 64l-64m, 85a, 86l-86m, 115a, 116j, 116l-116m 141a 3.2: 150j, 150l-150m, 174, 174l-174m, 197a, 198j, 198l-198m, 223a-224j, 24l-224m, 249a, 250j 3.3 280j, 280l-280m, 303a, 304j, 304l-304m, 329a, 330j, 330l-330m, 353a, 354j, 354l-354m, 379a, 380l, 399a



3.4 12j, 12l, 12m, 35a, 36j, 59a, 60j, 60l-60m, 85a, 86j, 86l-88m, 111a, 112l, 112j, 112l-112m, 137a 3.5 146j, 146k, 146l l-146m,, 169a, 170j, 170l-170m, 193a, 194j, 194l-194m, 219a, 220j, 220l-220m, 243a, 244j, 244l-244m, 275a 3.6 284j, 248l-284m, 302-303, 303a, 304j, 304l-304m, 331a, 332j, 332l-332m,, 353a, 354j, 354l-354m, 379a, 380j, 380l-380m, 407a

2. Read regularly in instructional-level texts that are challenging yet manageable (texts in which no more than 1 in 10 words is difficult for the reader).

3.1 12l, 41a, 63a 3.2 150l, 173a, 197a, 223a, 250l-250m, 271a 3.3 329a, 353a, 352-353, 354l, 379a, 380l, 399a 3.4 12l, 35a, 59a, 112l, 137a 3.5 146l, 169a, 193a, 275a 3.6 248l, 303a, 332l, 353a, 354l, 379a, 407a

3. Engage in repeated readings of the same text to increase fluency.

3.1 86-87, 95, 99, 101, 109, 113 3.2 209 3.3 393, 397 3.4 97 3.5 213, 215, 219

4. Accurately and fluently read 300-400 high frequency and/or irregularly spelled words in meaningful texts.

3.1 12l, 41a, 63a 3.2 150l, 173a 3.3 354l, 379a, 380l, 399a 3.4 12l, 35a, 112l, 137a 3.5 146l, 169a, 193a 3.6 248l, 303a, 332l, 353a, 354l, 379a

5. Use punctuation cues (e.g., final punctuation, commas, quotation marks) in text with appropriate phrasing as a guide to understanding meaning.

3.1 63a, 116l, 141a 3.3 303a, 353a, 402 3.4 111a, 137a 3.5 169a 3.6 303a, 304l, 331a, 353, 379a



Standard 4: Comprehension/Critical Literacy-The student will interact with the words and concepts in a text to construct an appropriate meaning. 1. Literal Understanding a. Read and comprehend poetry, fiction, and nonfiction that is appropriately designed for third grade.

3.1 28-26, 38-41, 16-27, 64-65, 68-75, 76-82, 84-85, 90-99, 100-110, 112-115 3.2 154-161, 162-168, 170-173, 174-175, 186-192, 178-185, 194-197, 202-209, 210-218, 220-223, 228-237, 238-246, 248-249, 254-261, 262-266, 352-353 3.3 284-291, 292-298, 300-303, 308-313, 314-320, 334-343, 344-350, 358-375, 376-379, 384-393, 396-399 3.4 16-23, 24-28, 30-35, 48-54, 40-53, 56-59, 64-69, 70-75, 78-85, 108-111, 116-130, 132-137 3.5 150-157, 158-164, 166-169, 174-183, 184-190, 192-193, 198-207, 208-216, 218-219, 224-231, 232-238,240-243, 248-259, 260-270, 272-275, 382 3.6 288-300, 302-303, 308-317, 318-326, 328-331, 336-343, 334-350, 352-353, 358-367, 368-376, 378-379, 384-393, 394-401, 404-407

b. Use prereading strategies independently to preview, activate prior knowledge, predict content of text, and establish a purpose for reading.

3.1 12-13, 14a, 16, 17,: 28-36, 44a, 46-53,54-60, 62, 63, 64-65, 66a, 68, 69, 84, 88a, 90, 91, 112, 118a, 120-127, 128-135, 138-141 3.2 150-151, 152a, 154, 155, 161, 170, 174-175, 176a, 178, 179, 194, 198-199, 200a, 202, 203, 209, 220, 224-225, 226a, 228 -237, 229, 238-246, 248, 252a, 254, 255, 261, 268 3.3 280-281, 282a, 284, 285, 300, 304-305, 306a, 308, 309, 313,322, 329b, 330-331, 332a, 334-350,, 335, 352, 354-355, 356a, 358, 359, 376, 382a, 384, 385, 390-394,396 3.4 12-13, 14a, 16, 17, 30, 38a, 40, 41, 56, 62a, 64, 65, 78, 88a, 90, 91, 114a, 116, 117, 132 3.5 146-147, 148a, 150, 151, 166, 172a, 174, 175, 183, 192, 196a, 198, 199, 218, 220-221, 222a, 224, 225, 240, 244-245, 246a, 248, 249, 272 3.6 284-285, 286a, 289, 302, 306a, 308, 309, 317, 328, 332-333, 334a, 336, 337, 352, 354-355, 356a, 358, 359, 378, 380-381, 382a, 384-393, 385, 394-401, 404

c. Recall major points in a text and revise predictions about what is read.

3.2 161, 209, 261 3.3 343, 389 3.4 47, 97, 125 3.5 231 3.6 367



d. Show understanding by asking questions and supporting answers with literal information from the text.

3.1: 16, 27 3.2 178, 185, 228, 237, 250-251, 254-261, 265, 262-266,269 3.3 330-331, 334-343, 341, 344-350, 354-355, 358-367, 368-374, 373, 377 3.4 12, 13, 16- 23, 24-28, 36, 48-54 3.6 332-333, 336- 343, 344-350

2. Inferences and Interpretation a. Make inferences by connecting prior knowledge and experience with information from the text.

3.1 14a, 44a, 66a, 88a, 118a 3.2 152a, 176a, 200a, 226a, 252a 3.3 282a, 306a, 332a, 356a, 382a 3.4 14a, 38a, 60-61, 62a, 64-69, 70-75,88a, 114a 3.5 148a, 172a, 193b, 196a, 198, 207, 222a, 244-245, 248, 246a, 248-259, 260-270 3.6 286a, 288, 295,306a, 334a, 356a, 382a

b. Interpret text, including lessons or morals depicted in fairytales, fables, etc., and draw conclusions from evidence presented in the text.

3.1 46-59, 62-63, 76-82 3.2 248-249, 250j, 250l-250m, 250-251, 254-261, 271b 3.3 284-291, 330j, 330l-330m, 330-331, 334-343, 344-350, 353b, 358-367 3.4 30-35, 86l-86m, 98-106 3.5 146l-146m, 170l-170m, 220j, 220l-220m, 220-221, 224-231, 232-238, 241, 243b, 244l-244m

c. Participate in creative response to text (e.g., art, drama, and oral presentations).

3.1 28-36, 40, 54-60, 63, 76- 82, 85, 110, 114, 128-135, 140 3.2 150k, 162-168, 172, 186-192, 210-218, 222, 238-246, 249, 262-266, 270 3.3 292-298, 302, 314-320, 324, 329d, 344-350, 353, 368-374, 378, 356-374, 380k, 390-394 3.4 24-28, 32, 48-54, 58, 70-75, 80, 98-106, 126-130, 134 3.5 158-164, 168, 184-190, 193, 208-216, 219, 232-238, 242, 260-270, 382, 3.6 296-300, 303, 318-326, 330, 332k, 344-350, 353, 354k, 368-376, 394-401, 406



3. Summary and Generalization a. Summarize by recognizing main ideas, key concepts, key actions, and supporting details in fiction and nonfiction.

3.1 42-43, 46-53, 54-60, 120-127, 228-237 3.2 150l-150m, 150-151, 154-161, 162-168, ,173, 173b, 195, 198j, 198l-198m, 198-199, 202-209, 210-218, 223, 223b, 233, 238-246, 271b 3.3 304-305, 308-313, 314-320, 379n, 380j, 380l-380m 3.4 36j, 74, 85b, 112-113, 116-125, 137b 3.5 146j, 219b, 220-221, 224-231, 232-238, 244j, 244-245, 260-270, 248-259, 275b 3.6 284l-284m, 284-285, 288-295, 303b, 303g, 308-317, 336-343, 354-355, 358-367, 368-376, 379b, 384-393, 394-401, 407b

b. Make generalizations about a text (e.g., theme of a story or main idea of an informational text).

3.2 150j, 224j, 250l-250m, 380l-380m, 380, 381 3.3 354j, 354l-354m, 354-355, 358-367, 368-374, 379, 379b 3.4 60j, 60l-60m, 60-61, 62-63, 67, 83, 85b, 98-106, 112j, 126-130 3.5 158-164 3.6 284j, 354j, 380j, 380l-380m, 380-381, 384-393,, 387, 393, 394-401, 407b

c. Produce summaries of fiction and non-fiction text, highlighting major points.

3.1 34, 42-43, 53, 55, 59, 63, 80, 108 3.2 173g, 190, 198, 216, 244, 264 3.3 296, 304-305, 313, 318, 319, 320, 325, 348, 372, 379n, 392 3.4 26, 107, 128 3.5 162, 188, 194, 214, 220-221, 231, 235, 236, 237, 243,268 3.6: 298, 324, 348, 374, 398

4. Analysis and Evaluation a. Analyze characters including their traits, relationships, feelings, and changes in text.

3.1 16-27, 116l-116m, 116-117, 120-127, 128-135, 141b 3.2 174j, 174-175, 181, 186-192, 178-185, 189, 197b, 202-209, 210-218, 254-261, 292-298 3.4 12l-12m

b. Distinguish between fact and opinion in nonfiction text.

3.4 86j, 86l-86m, 86-87, 90-97,111, 111b, 125 3.5 170j, 170l-170m, 170-171, 174-183, 184-190, 193, 193b, 224-231, 260-270 3.6 332j, 332l-332m, 332-333, 336-343, 347, 353b



c. Analyze the causes, motivations, sequences, and results of events from a text.

3.1 42l-42m, 42-43, 46-53, 54-60, 64l-64m, 64-65, 68-75, 76-82, 85b, 100-110, 116j, 116-117, 120-127,128-135 3.2 162-168, 174l-174m 3.3 280j, 280l-280m, 280-281, 284-291, 292-298, 301, 303b,314-320, 329b, 354l-354m 3.4 12j, 12l-12m, 12-13, 16-23, 31, 33, 35b, 48-54, 70-75 3.5 174-183, 184-190, 194j, 194-195, 198-207, 208-216, 219b, 220l-220m, 382, 382 3.6 288-295, 303b, 304j, 304l-304m, 304-305, 308-317, 318-326, 331b, 358-367, 368-376

*5. Monitoring and Correction Strategies a. Monitor own reading and modify strategies as needed (e.g., recognize when he or she is confused by a section of text, questions whether the text makes sense)

3.1 86-87, 95, 90-99, 100-110, 109, 113 3.2 198-199, 202-209, 210-218, 221 3.3 380-381, 390-394, 397 3.4 64, 69, 86-87, 90-97, 105, 109, 112-113, 116-125, 126-130, 194-195 3.5 194-195, 198-207, 382, 208-216, 219 3.6 304-305, 308-317, 318-326, 354-355, 358-367, 368-376

b. Predict, monitor, and check for understanding using semantic, syntactic, and graphophonic cues.

3.2 150-151, 157, 161, 167, 224-225 3.4 112-113, 116, 123, 125, 127 3.5 146l, 150-157, 158-164 3.6 304-305, 317, 321, 325

c. Clarify meaning by rereading, questioning, and modifying predictions.

3.1 16, 38, 46, 62, 68, 84, 86-87, 90, 95, 99, 101, 109, 112, 113, 120, 138 3.2 154, 170, 178, 194, 202, 209, 220, 228-237, 238-246, 248, 249b, 254, 268

3.3 284, 300, 308, 322, 334, 352, 353b, 358, 376, 384, 389,393, 396, 397 3.4 16, 30, 40, 47, 56, 64, 78, 90, 97, 112k 116, 132 3.5 150, 157, 166, 174, 192, 198, 213, 215, 218, 219, 220k, 224,231, 240, 248, 272 3.6 288, 302, 308, 328, 336, 352, 358, 367, 384, 404



Standard 5: Literature-The student will read to construct meaning and respond to a wide variety of literary forms.

3.1 12j, 42j, 64j, 116j 3.2 150j, 174j, 198j, 224j, 250j 3.3 280j, 304j, 330j, 354j, 380j 3.4 12j, 36j, 60j, 86j, 112j 3.5 146j, 170j, 194j, 220j, 244j 3.6 284j, 304j, 332j, 354j, 380j

*1. Literary Genres-Demonstrate knowledge of and appreciation for various forms (genres) of literature. a. Recognize characteristics of literary genres and forms (e.g., contemporary realistic fiction, historical fiction, nonfiction, modern fantasy, poetry, drama and traditional stories such as fairy tales and fables).

3.1 12j, 12-13, 16-27, 28-36, 38-41, 41b, 46-59, 62-63, 86j, 86-87, 90-110, 112-115, 115b, 120-127, 128-135, 142-145, 154-167, 200-223 3.2 154-167, 170-173, 178-185, 228-245, 248-249, 254-265, 268-271, 272-275 3.3 300-303,308-321, 322-329, 352-353, 358-375, 376-379, 384-393, 400-403 3.4 30-35, 40-53, 56-59, 78-85, 108-111, 116-129, 132-137, 138-141 3.5 166-169, 174-189, 192-193, 218-219, 240-243, 272-275, 276-279 3.6 288-299, 302-303, 328-331,352-353, 358-375, 404-407, 408-411

b. Read, understand, and discuss a variety of genres.

3.1 16-35, 38-41, 46-59, 62-63, 90-109, 112-115, 142-145, 154-167 3.2 154-167, 194-197,228-245, 248-249, 254-265, 272-275 3.3 308-321, 322-329, 352-353, 353b,358-375, 376-379, 384-393, 400-403 3.4 30-35, 40-53, 56-59, 78-85, 116-129, 138-141 3.5 166-169, 174-189, 218-219, 240-243, 276-279 3.6 288-299, 352-353, 358-375, 404-407, 408-411

2. Literary Elements-Demonstrate knowledge of literary elements and techniques and how they affect the development of a literary work. 3.1: 85b

3.6: 379b



a. Compare and contrast plots, settings, or characters presented by different authors and the same author of multiple texts.

3.1 38-41, 41b, 112-115 3.2 41b, 62-63, 84-85, 138-141, 150l-150m, 170-173, 194-197, 200-223, 236, 248-249, 268-271 3.3 300-303, 304l-304m, 322-329, 352-353, 376-379, 379b, 380l-380m, 380-381, 384-389, 396-399399b, 3.4 30-35, 36l-36m, 36-37, 43, 48-54, 56-59, 59b,78-85, 108-111, 111b, 132-137 3.5 146l-146m, 146-147, 150-157, 158-164, 166-169, 169b, 169b, 170-171, 174-183, 192-193, 382, 198-207, 208-216, 218-219, 240-243, 272-275 3.6 302-303, 331, 379b, 407

b. Recognize themes that occur across literary works. Example: Read Yoko by Rosemary Wells and You Are Special by Max Lucado. Discuss the theme of "everyone is unique" that occurs in both stories.

3.4 46-53,112l-112m, 112-113, 137b 3.6 318-326, 323, 328-331, 332l-332m, 352-353, 354l-354m, 354-355, 378-379, 379b, 404-407

3. Figurative Language and Sound Devices-The student will identify figurative language and sound devices in writing and how they affect the development of a literary work. Example: Identify and discuss how certain words and rhythmic patterns can be used in a selection to imitate sounds (e.g., rhythm, rhyme, alliteration).

3.1 63g, 63b, 141b, 144 3.2 223b, 249b 3.3 339, 389 3.4: 63g, 63b, 83, 140 3.5 277 3.6 319, 331b, 353b, 363

Standard 6: Research and Information-The student will conduct research and organize information. 1. Accessing Information-The student will select the best source for a given purpose. a. Alphabetize to the third letter.

3.1 63n 3.2 200 3.3 317



b. Use guide words to locate words in dictionaries and topics in encyclopedias.

3.2 173n, 200-201, 211 3.3 317, 382-383

c. Access information from charts, maps, graphs, schedules, directions, and diagrams.

3.1 40, 59n, 141n 3.2 173b, 271n 3.3 388, 389, 391, 392, 399b 3.4 59b, 111n 3.5 193n, 243b 3.6 303, 303n, 406, 407n

d. Use the title page, table of contents, glossary, chapter headings, and index to locate information.

3.1 85n, 115n, 223n

e. Use text formats as an aid in constructing meaning from nonfiction (expository) text (e.g., heading, subheading, bold print, and italics).

3.1 38, 62, 84, 84-85, 90, 112-115, 138 3.2 170, 173b, 194, 220, 268 3.3 300, 399n, 352, 376, 396 3.4 56, 59b, 85n 3.5 166-169, 192, 218, 240, 272, 288-295 3.6 284-285, 296-300,302, 328, 352, 404

*2. Interpreting Information-The student will analyze and evaluate information from a variety of sources. a. Begin the research process by selecting a topic, formulating questions, and identifying key words.

3.1 41m, 41n, 63m, 63n, 85m, 85n, 115m, 115n, 141m, 141n 3.2 173n, 197m, 197n, 223m, 223n, 249m, 249n, 271m, 271n 3.3 303m, 303n, 329m, 329n, 353m, 353n, 379m, 379n, 399m,399n 3.4 35m, 35n, 59m, 59n, 60k, 85m, 85n, 111m, 137m 137n 3.5 169m, 169n, 193m, 193n, 219m, 219n, 243m, 243n, 275m 275n 3.6 303m, 303n, 304k, 331m, 331n, 332k, 353m, 353n, 379m, 379n, 407m, 407n



b. Locate, organize, and synthesize information from a variety of print and nonprint and technological resources (e.g., dictionaries, reference books, atlases, magazines, informational texts, thesaurus, and technology/Internet). 3.1 12k, 41m, 42k, 63m, 64k, 85m, 86k, 115m, 116k, 138-139, 141m,

3.2 150k, 173m, 173n, 197m, 198k, 200, 211, 223m, 249m, 249n, 250k, 271m 3.3 303m, 303n, 304k, 306, 317, 330k, 353m, 353n, 379m, 399m 382, 389,396-399 3.4 35m, 35n, 36k, 59m, 85m, 85d, 86k, 111m, 112k, 137m 137n 3.5 146k, 169m, 169n, 170k, 193m, 194k, 219m, 219n, 243m, 244k, 275m, 275 3.6 284k, 303m, 304k, 331m, 334-335, 345, 353m, 353n, 354k, 379m, 378-379, 407m

c. Compile information into summaries of information.

3.1 64k, 85m, 115m, 132 3.2 173m 3.3 141m, 379n 3.4 137n 3.6 379n, WA3

d. Use test-taking strategies by answering different levels of questions, such as open-ended, literal, and interpretive, as well as multiple choice, true/false, and short answer.

3.1 36, 40, 60, 82, 110, 114, 135, 141g-141h 3.2 168, 172, 192, 218, 222, 246, 266, 270, 271g-271h 3.3 298, 302, 320, 324, 350, 353, 374, 378, 394, 399g-399h 3.4 28, 32, 54, 58, 75, 80, 106, 130, 134, 137g-137h 3.5 164, 168, 190, 193, 216, 219, 238, 242, 270 3.6 300, 303, 326, 330, 350, 353, 376, 401, 406

Writing/Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will express ideas effectively in written modes for a variety of purposes and audiences.

3.1 12k, 42k, 86k 3.3 280k, 330k 3.4 36k, 86k 3.5 170k 3.6 284k



*Standard 1: Writing Process-The student will use the writing process to write coherently. 1. Use a variety of prewriting activities such as brainstorming, clustering, illustrating, and webbing.

3.1 41h, 61, 63h, 85h, 85, 111, 115h, 136, 141h, WA3 3.2 169, 173h, 193, 197h, 219, 223h, 247, 249h, 267, 271h, WA3 3.3 299, 303h, 321, 329h, 351, 353h, 354k, 375, 379h, 395,399h, WA3 3.4 29, 35h, 55, 59h, 77, 85h, 107, 111h, 112k, 131,137h, WA3 3.5 165, 169h, 191, 193h, 217, 219h, 239, 243h, 243n, 275g, 271,275h, WA3 3.6 301, 303g, 303h, 331g, 327, 331h, 351, 353h, 377, 379h, 402-403, 407h, WA3

2. Compose first drafts.

3.1 41h, 63h, 85h, 115h, 141h, WA4 3.2 173h, 197h, 223h, 249h, 271h, WA4 3.3 303h, 329h, 353h, 379h, 399h, WA4 3.4 35h, 59h, 85h, 111h, 137h, WA4 3.5 169h, 193h, 219h, 243h, 275h, WA4 3.6 303h, 331h, 353h, 379h, 407h, WA4

3. Revise selected drafts, changing or adding details and vivid words.

3.1 41h, 63h, 85h, 115h, 141h, WA5 3.2 173h, 197h, 223h, 249h, 271h, WA5 3.3 303h, 329h, 353h, 379h, 399h, WA5 3.4 35h, 59h, 85h, 111g,111h, 137h, WA5 3.5 169h, 193h, 219h, 243h, 275h, WA5 3.6 303h, 331h, 353h, 379h,379h, 407h, WA5

4. Proofread/edit writing with peers or teacher.

3.1 41h, 63h, 85h, 115h, 141h, WA6 3.2 173h, 197h, 223h, 249h, 249m, 271h, 271m, WA6 3.3 303h, 303m, 329h, 329m, 353h, 353m, 379h, 379m, 399h, 399m,WA6 3.4 35h, 35m, 59h, 59m, 85h, 85m, 111h, 111m,137h, WA6 3.5 169h, 169m, 193h, 193m, 219h, 219m, 243h, 243m, 275h, 275m WA6 3.6 303h, 331h, 353m, 358h, 379h, 379m, 407h, 407m,,WA6

5. Share writing with peers or adults.




*Standard 2: Modes and Forms of Writing-The student will communicate through a variety of written forms and for various purposes and to a specific audience or person.

3.1 42k, 86k, 3.2 150k, 174k, 198k, 224k, 250k 3.3 304k, 330k, 354k, 380k 3.4 12k, 36k, 60k 3.5 170k, 220k 3.6 380k

1. Communicate through a variety of written forms for various audiences and purposes to inform, entertain, instruct, describe, and to reflect.

3.1 15, 41, 64k, 86, 110, 111, 115g-115h, 115, 116k, 116, 136, 141h, 135, 141 3.2 150, 168, 169, 173, 173g-173h, 192, 193, 197, 197g-197h, 271g-271h, 218, 219, 223g, 223h, 223, 223m, 224, 249g, 247, 249h, 244, 267 3.3 303g, 299, 303h, 298, 284, 291, 303, 321, 329h, 307, 320, 329, 330, 350, 351, 353g, 353h, 354, 375, 379g-379h, 379k, 394, 395,399g-399h 3.4 12k, 12, 28, 29, 35g, 36, 39, 35h, 54, 55, 59h, 60k, 60, 75, 77, 85g-85h, 85, 86k, 86, 107, 111h, 112k, 112, 115, 131, 137g-137h, 137m 3.5 275g-275h 146k, 164, 169g, 191, 193g, 193h, , 197, 219217, 219g, 219h, , 220k, 223, 239, 243g, 243h, 243, 247, 270, 271, 275b 3.6 301, 300, 303, 303g-303h, 303m, 326, 327, 331h, 331m, 332, 350, 351, 353g, 353h, 353, 354, 376, 377, 379h, 380, 401, 402-403, 407h

2. Write simple narrative, descriptive, and persuasive paragraphs.

3.1 12, 36, 37, 41g-41h, 45, 63, 63h, 64k, 67, 82, 85, 85g-85h, 89, 115h, 119, 141g-141h 3.2 153, 173h, 174, 197h, 201, 223g-223h, 249, 249h, 253, 266, 271, 271h 3.3 379g-379h. 280, 283, 303h, 329h, 333, 353h, 357, 374, 380, 383, 399g, 399h, 399 3.4 12k, 15, 35h, 59g-59h, 59, 85g-85h, 89, 106, 111g-111h, 115, 130, 137g 3.5 146,169g-169h, 169, 193g-193h, 216, 219g-219h, 220, 244,243g-243h, 275g-275h, WA2-WA9 3.6 284, 287, 303h, 304k, 307, 331h, 335, 353h, 354k, 357, 379g-379h, 383, 407g, 407h

3. Write descriptive pieces about people, places, things, or experiences that: 3.1 12k, 116k

3.2 174k 3.5 244k 3.6 284k



a. develop a main idea. 3.1 41g-41h, 64 3.4 59g-59h, 111g-111h 3.5 243g 3.6 353g, 379g-379h

b. use details to support the main idea.

3.1 41g-41h, 115g 3.2 177, 249g 3.3 379g 3.4 59g-59h, 111g-111h 3.6 331g, 353g, 379g-379h

4. Write personal, persuasive, and formal letters, thank-you notes, and invitations including the date, greeting, body, closing, and signature.

3.1 12k 3.2 250k 3.3 353g-353h 3.5 146k, 194k, 244k 3.6 284k, 379, 380k

5. Write simple poems.

3.1: 63d, 63g 3.2 273, 275 3.3 401, 403 3.4 35g-35h 3.5 277, 279 3.6 409, 411

6. Write narratives (stories) that: a. provide a context within which an action occurs.

3.1 85g-85h, 141g-141h 3.2 223g-223h 3.3 329g, 379g-379h 3.4 85g-85h

b. include details that develop the plot.

3.1 85g-85h, 141g-141h 3.2 223g-223h 3.3 303g, 379g-379h 3.4 85g-85h 3.5 149



c. provide a clear beginning, middle, and end that includes details that develop around a central idea.

3.1 85g-85h, 85, 141g-141h 3.2 150k, 223g-223h 3.3 379g-379h 3.4 12k, 85g-85h

7. Use descriptive language such as action verbs, vivid adjectives, and adverbs to make writing interesting.

3.1 37, 41g, 61, 63g-63h, 85g, 115g, 141g, 136, WA1, WA4, WA5, WA7 3.2 173g, 197g, 223g, 249g, 271g, WA1, WA4, WA5, WA7 3.3 299, 303g, 329g, 353g, 354k, 379g, 395, 399g, WA1, WA5, WA7 3.4 35g, 55, 59g, 85g, 111g, 131, 137g, WA1, WA4, WA5, WA7 3.5 169g, 193g, 217, 219g, 243g, 244k,275g, WA1, WA4, WA5, WA7 3.6 303g, 331b,331g, 332k,353g, 377, 379g, 407g, WA1, WA5, WA7

*Standard 3: Grammar/Usage and Mechanics-The student will demonstrate appropriate practices in writing by applying Standard English conventions to the revising and editing stages of writing. 1. Grammar/Usage: Students are expected to recognize and use nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, and conjunctions correctly in their writing.

3.1 85g 3.3 380j 3.4 137e, 137f 3.5 219e, 219f, 243e, 243f, 275e, 275f

a. Singular and plural forms of nouns

3.2 197e-197f, 223e-223f

b. Common and proper nouns 3.2 173e-173f, 223e 3.6 303e–303f

c. Singular and plural possessive nouns 3.2 249e, 249f, 271e-271f

d. Subject, object, and possessive pronouns

3.4 35e, 35f, 59e, 59f, 85e-85f, 85l



e. Present, past, and future tense verbs 3.3 379e–379f

f. Regular, irregular, and helping verbs

3.1 85c 3.3 303e–303f, 329e–329f, 399e–399f

g. Past participle of verbs

Related Content: 3.1 85c 3.3 303e-303f, 329e-329f, 399e-399f

h. Subject-verb agreement. 3.3 329f, 353e-353f

i. Descriptive, comparative, and superlative adjective

3.5 169e, 169f, 193e-193f

2. Mechanics: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate language mechanics in writing. Example: Capitalize correctly geographical names, holidays, dates, proper nouns, book titles, titles of respect, sentences, and quotations.

3.1 41e-41f, 85e-85f, 115e-115f 3.2 173e-173f, 190 3.3 329g, 331e-331f 3.4 111 3.5 275g 3.6 331e-331f

3. Punctuation: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate punctuation in writing. a. Periods in abbreviations and sentence endings.

3.1 41e-41f, 85e-85f, 115e-115f 3.6 331e-331f

b. Question marks.

Related Content: 3.1 41e-41f, 85e-85f, 115e-115f 3.6 331e-331f



c. Commas in dates, addresses, locations, quotes, introductory words, words in a series, greetings, and closings in a letter.

3.4 111 3.6 379e-379f

d. Apostrophes in contractions and possessives.

3.2 249e-249f, 271e-274f 3.3 303i, 329j 3.4 111e-111f

e. Colon in notation of time, formal letter writing, and the introduction of words or concepts in a series, (e.g., bring the following supplies: glue, paper, scissors).

3.2 181, 190

f. Quotation marks around direct quotations, the titles of individual poems, and short stories.

3.3 301, 377 3.6 407e-407f

4. Sentence Structure: The student will demonstrate appropriate sentence structure in writing. Example: Write correctly the four basic kinds of sentences (declarative, exclamatory, imperative, and interrogative) with final punctuation.

3.1 41e, 41f, 85e, 85g, 85e- 85f, 115e-115f, 115g, 141e, 141f 3.3 379g 3.4 85g 3.5 193g, 331g 3.6 353e, 353f

5. Spelling: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate application of spelling knowledge to the revising and editing stages of writing. a. Demonstrate recall of spelling patterns (e.g., grapheme or blend), consonant doubling (e.g., bat + ed = batted), changing the ending of a word from-y to –ies when forming the plural (e.g., carry = carries), and common homophones (e.g., hair/hare).

3.1 41k, 41l, 63k-63l, 85k, 85l, 115k, 115l, 141k, 141l 3.2 173k, 173l, 197l, 271k 271l,249k-249l 3.3 399k, 399l 3.4 35k-35l. 59k, 59l, 137k, 137l 3.5 169k, 169l, 193i, 193k, 193l, 219j 219k, 219l, 243k, 243l, 249k,

3.6 303k, 303l



b. Spell phonetically regular multisyllabic words, contractions, and compounds.

3.1 41k 3.2 173k-173l, 197k-197l, 223k, 223l 3.3 303k, 303l, 329k, 329l, 353k, 353l, 379k, 379l 3.4 85k, 85l, 111e, 111f 111k, 111l, 137k-137l 3.5 169k-169l, 275k, 275l 3.6 331k, 331l, 379k-379l, 407k, 407l

c. Increase the number of high frequency words spelled correctly.

3.1 41k-41l, 63k-63l, 85k-85I, 115k-115l 3.2 173k-173l, 197k-197l, 223k-223l, 249k-249l 3.3 303k-303l, 329k-329l, 353k-353l, 379k-379l 3.4 35k-35l, 59k-59l, 85k-85l, 111k-111l, 137k-137l 3.5 169k-169l, 193k-193l, 219k-219l, 243k-243l, 275k-257l 3.6 303k-303l, 331k-331l, 353k-335l, 379k-379l

d. Spell words ending in-tion and-sion correctly.

Related Content: 3.1 41k-41l, 63k-63l, 85k-85I, 115k-115l 3.2 173k-173l, 197k-197l, 223k-223l, 249k-249l 3.3 303k-303l, 329k-329l, 353k-353l, 379k-379l 3.4 35k-35l, 59k-59l, 85k-85l, 111k-111l, 137k-137l 3.5 169k-169l, 193k-193l, 219k-219l, 243k-243l, 275k-257l 3.6 303k-303l, 331k-331l, 353k-335l, 379k-379l

e. Use various sources of materials to check and correct spelling.

3.2 197k, 197l, 224k, 277e 3.4 35n 3.5 244k

6. Handwriting: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate handwriting in the writing process. Example: Use handwriting/penmanship to copy and/or compose text using correct formation and spacing of letters in manuscript and cursive.

3.1 TR10-TR13 3.2 TR10-TR13 3.3 TR10-TR13 3.4 TR10-TR13 3.5 TR10-TR13 3.6 TR10-TR13



Oral Language/Listening and Speaking: The student will demonstrate thinking skills in listening and speaking. *Standard 1: Listening: The student will listen for information and for pleasure.

3.1 12j, 42j, 64j, 86j, 116j 3.2 150, 174, 198j, 224j, 250j, 250m 3.3 280j, 304j, 330j, 354j, 380j 3.4 36j 3.5 170j, 194j, 244j 3.6 284j, 304j, 332j, 354j, 354j, 380j

1. Listen critically for information and incorporate the information into other activities.

3.1 12m, 42m, 63d, 64m, 86m, 115d, 141d, 116m 3.2 150m, 174m, 197d, 198k, 198m, 223d, 224m, 271d 3.3 280m, 330m, 354m, 379b, 380m 3.4 59d, 60m, 86m, 111d, 112m 3.5 146m, 170m, 193d, 194m, 220m, 243i, 244m 3.6 284m, 303d, 304m, 331d, 332m, 354m, 380m

2. Listen actively for pleasure and respond appropriately.

3.1 12l, 12m, : 42l, 42m, 64l, 64m, 86l,86m, 116l,116m 3.2 150l, 150m, 174l, 174m, 198l, 198m, 224l, 224m, 250l, 250m, 280m, 304m 3.3 280l, 329d, 330l, 330m, 353d, 354l, 354m, 379d, 380l, 380m 3.4 12m, 36m, 60l, 60m, 86l, 86m, 112l,112m, 146l, 146m, 169d, 170l, 170m, 193d, 194l, 194m 3.5 219d, 220l, 220m, 244l 244m, 284l, 284m, 304l, 304m, 332l, 332m 3.6 407d

*Standard 2: Speaking-The student will express ideas and opinions in group or individual situations. 1. Speak articulately and audibly using appropriate grammar, enunciation, and volume.

3.1 63d, 85d, 115d, 141d 3.2 173d, 197b 197d, 197n, 223d, 249d, 271d 3.3 301,329d, 353d, 379d, 399d 3.4 12l, 35d, 59d, 193,111d, 137d 3.5 169d, 193d, 219d 3.6 303d, 331d, 353d, 379d, 407d



2. Make brief narrative (story) presentations that:

3.2 159, 163 3.3 365 3.4: 119, 135

a. provide a context for an event that is the subject of the presentation.

3.1 85d 3.3 399d 3.5 275d 3.6: 373

b. provide insight into why the selected event should be of interest to the

audience. 3.1 85d 3.3 399d 3.5 275d

c. include well-chosen details to develop characters, setting, and plot.

3.1 85d 3.3 399d 3.5 275d

3. Plan and present dramatic interpretations of experiences, stories, poems, or plays.

3.2 165, 171, 249a 3.3 287, 295, 303d, 304k, 329a, 329d 3.5 170k, 219d, 243a 3.6 407a, 407d

4. Organize ideas chronologically (in the order they happened) or around major points of information.

3.1 37, 41d, 61, 83, 111, 136,141d 3.2 169, 193d, 193, 197d, 219, 243d, 224k, 247, 267, 271d 3.3 299, 321, 351, 375, 395 3.4 29, 35d, 55, 76, 107, 131 3.5 165, 191, 193d, 217, 239, 275d, 271 3.6 301, 327, 351, 377, 402



5. Use clear and specific vocabulary to communicate ideas and establish the tone of the message.

Related content: 3.1 41a, 63a, 85a, 115a, 141a 3.2 173a, 197a, 223a, 249a, 249d, 271a 3.3 303a, 329a, 353a, 379a, 399a 3.4 35a, 59a, 85a, 111a, 137a 3.5 169a, 193a, 219a, 243a, 243d, 275a 3.6 303a, 331a, 331d, 353a, 353d, 379a, 407a

6. Provide a clear beginning, middle, and end when making oral presentations and include details that develop a central idea.

3.1 41a, 41d, 63a, 85a, 115a, 141a 3.2 173a, 197a, 223a, 249a, 271a 3.3 303a, 329a, 353a, 379a, 399a 3.4 35a, 59a, 85a, 111a, 137a 3.5 169a, 193a, 219a, 243a, 275a 3.6 303a, 331a, 353a, 379a, 407a

*Standard 3: Group Interaction-The student will use effective communication strategies in pairs and small group context.

3.1: 42k, 86k 3.2: 198j, 198k 3.3: 280k, 354k

1. Show respect and consideration for others in verbal and physical communication.

3.1 63d, 85d, 115d 3.2 173d, 197d, 223d, 271d 3.3 303d, 329d, 353d, 3.4 35d, 85d, 85c, 137d 3.5 169d, 193d, 219d, 243d 3.6 303d, 331d, 353c, 407d



2. Demonstrate thinking skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. For example, students are expected to gather information, organize and analyze it, and generate a simple written or oral report.

3.1 36, 60, 82, 110, 115d, 135 3.2 168, 192, 218, 246, 266 3.3 298, 320, 350, 374, 394 3.4 28, 54, 75, 106, 130, 137d 3.5 164, 190, 216, 238, 270 3.6 300, 326, 350, 376, 401

Visual Literacy: The student will interpret, evaluate, and compose visual messages. *Standard 1: Interpret Meaning-The student will interpret and evaluate the various ways visual image-makers, including graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers, represent meaning.

1. Distinguish fact, opinion, and fiction in print and nonprint media in literature and advertising.

3.4 86l-86m, 86-87, 92, 93, 95, 111, 111b, 125, 137d 3.5 170l-170m, 170-171, 177, 185, 193, 193b, 229, 243d, 265 3.6 332l-332m, 332-333, 341, 347, 353b, 379d

2. Interpret and describe important events and ideas gathered from maps, charts and graphics.

3.1 40, 41d, 41n 3.2: 173b, 173d, 249d 3.3 380k, 389, 391 3.4: 59b, 59d 3.5 193n 3.6 303, 331n, 406, 407n, 404-407

*Standard 2: Evaluate Media-The student will evaluate visual and electronic media, such as film, as they compare with print messages.

1. Make connections between illustrations and print.

3.1 16, 46, 68, 115b, 120 3.2 154, 178, 202, 228, 248, 254 3.3 284, 308, 322, 334, 358, 379b, 399b 3.4 16, 30, 40, 59d, 64, 78, 90, 116 3.5 150, 198, 224, 248 3.6 288, 308, 358, 384




2. Interpret important events and ideas gathered from maps, charts, graphics, video segments, or technology presentations.

3.1 40, 41d, 84-85 3.3 303d, 329d, 389, 391, 399d 3.4 35d 3.5 169d, 193n, 275d 3.6 275d, 303, 331n, 406, 407n

3. Listen to, view, or read stories which tell of characters in American and other cultures.

3.1 85d 3.2 236 3.3 308-321 3.4 90-97, 98-106,141 3.5 150-163, 167, 192-193, 198-215, 219c, 224-237, 240-243, 243c, 280-281 3.6 302-303, 308-325, 322-329

*Standard 3: Compose Visual Messages-The student will create a visual message that effectively communicates an idea. Example: Create visual messages to communicate ideas (e.g., developing a product advertisement, creating cartoons to share information, or designing book posters).

3.1 41m, 63m, 115d 3.4 59d, 111d 3.5: 220k 3.6: 303d



Grade Four

Reading/Literature: The student will apply a wide range of strategies to comprehend, interpret, evaluate, appreciate, and respond to a wide variety texts. Standard 1: Vocabulary-The student will develop and expand knowledge of words and word meanings to increase vocabulary. 1. Words in Context-Use context clues (the meaning of the text around a word) to distinguish and interpret the meaning of multiple meaning words a well as other unfamiliar words.

4.1 18, 20b, 39c, 22-27, 36-39, 40l, 42b, 44-53, 54-59, 62-65, 65c, 66l 70-81, 87c, 88l, 90--99, 90b, 101, 108-111, 111c, 112l-112m, 116-123, 124-128, 130-133, 133c 4.2 142l, 161c, 162l, 164b, 187c, 188l, 210-211, 211c, 214b, 216-223, 239c,242b 4.3 240l, 259c, 268l, 268m, 270, 270b, 271, 277, 291c, 292l,294, 304-308,305, 313c,314l, 316b, 316-317, 331,334,325, 337c,338m, 349, 353, 359c, 360l, 362b, 371,377, 380-383, 383c 4.4 392l, 394b, 394-395, 396-403, 404-410, 412-415, 415c, 416l, 418b, 418-419, 420-429, 439c, 436-439, 440l, 442b, 464-465, 465c, 466l,,468b, 487c, 488l, 490b 490, 491,495, 504-507, 507c 4.5 516l, 518l,518-519, 520-527, 525, 536-537, 537c, 538l, 540b, 559c, 556-559, 562-563, 572-576, 581c, 581l, 584b, 607c, 604-607, 610b, 610-611, 610b, 612-619, 626-629, 629c 4.6 640b, 688-689, 701, 711c, 712l, 714b, 714-715, 716-732, 737c, 738l, 740-741, 742-752, 749, 761c , 750b, 758-761

2. Affixes, Roots, and Derivatives a. Interpret new words by analyzing the meaning of prefixes and suffixes.

4.1 20-21, 39c, 28-34, 42a, 116-123, 114-115, 133c 4.2 161c, 146-151, 190-191, 192-201, 211c 4.3 364-371, 362-363, 372-378, 383c 4.4 507i-507j 4.6 685i-685j, 711i-711j, 737i-737j


Scott Foresman Reading Street - Grade Four Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

b. Use knowledge of root words (e.g., snow, snowbound, snowdrift) and word parts (therm = heat) derived from Greek and Latin to analyze the meaning of complex words (thermometer).

4.1 42-43, 44-53, 54-59, 65c, 68b 4.3 340-341, 349, 359c 4.4 468-469, 470-477, 478-483, 478c 4.5 581i-581j, 607i-607j, 542-549, 540-541, 559c 4.6 640-641, 642-649, 659c

3. Synonyms, Antonyms, and Homonyms-Apply knowledge of fourth grade level synonyms, antonyms, homonyms/,multiple meaning words, and idioms to determine the meanings of words and phrases.

4.1 39b, 90-91, 101c, 111c 4.2 242b 4.3 294-295, 305, 313c, 316b 4.4 394-395, 405, 415c, 490-491, 495, 507b, 507c 4.5 518-519, 525, 537c, 562b, 567a, 562b, 610b, 610-611, 617, 629c 4.6 740-741, 749, 761c

4. Using Resource Materials a. Use a thesaurus to determine related words and concepts.

4.4 487l, 578-581

b. Determine the meanings and pronunciations of unknown words by using a glossary and/or dictionary.

4.1 68-69, 70-77, 78-81, 87c 114b 4.2 144b, 164-165, 166-175, 173, 177, 187c, 214-215, 221, 224-233, 239c, 242-243, 252-256, 253, 259c 4.3 340b 4.4 442-443, 453, 457, 465c, 468b 4.6 662-663, 669, 673, 685c 664-671, 672-680

*Standard 2: Fluency-The student will identify words rapidly so that attention is directed at the meaning of the text. 1. Read aloud regularly in independent-level texts (texts in which no more than 1 in 20 words is difficult for the reader) fluently and accurately, and with appropriate rate, change in voice, and expression.

4.1 18l-18m , 39a, 40l-40m, 65a, 66l, 87a, 88l -88m, 111a, 112l,112m, 133a, 4.2 142l-142m,, 144-145, 161a, 162l- 162m,187a, 188l, 211a, 212l-212m,, 239a, 240l, 259a



4.3 268l, 291a, 292l, 313a, 314l- 314m, 337a, 338l-338m, 350-354, 359a, 360l-360m, 383a 4.4 392l -391m, 415a, 416l -416m, 439a, 440l -440m,, 465a, 466l-466m, 487a, 488l -488m, 507a 4.5 516l, 537a, 538l-538m, 559a, 560l-560m, 581a, 582l-582m, 607a, 608l, 629a 4.6 638l, 659a, 660l-660m ,685a, 686l- 638m,, 711a, 712l- 712m, 737a, 738l- 738m, 761a

2. Read aloud regularly in instructional-level texts that are challenging yet manageable (texts in which no more than 1 in 10 words is difficult for the reader)

4.1 18l, 39a, 40l, 65a, 66l, 87a, 88l, 111a, 112l, 133a 4.2 142l, 161a, 162l, 187a, 188l, 211a, 212l, 239a, 240l, 259a 4.3 268l, 291a, 292l, 313a, 314l, 337a, 338l, 359a, 360l, 383a 4.4 392l, 415a, 416l, 439a, 440l, 465a, 466l, 487a, 488l, 507a 4.5 516l, 537a, 538l, 559a, 560l, 581a, 582l, 607a, 608l, 629a 4.6 638l, 659a, 660l, 685a, 686l, 711a, 712l, 737a, 738l, 761a

3. Increase silent reading speed through daily independent reading practice as monitored by the instructor through peer discussions, teacher conferences, response journals, etc..

4.1 DI.59, DI.60, TR14-TR17 4.2 DI.59, DI.60, TR14-TR17 4.3 DI.59, DI.60, TR14-TR17 4.4 DI.59, DI.60, TR14-TR17 4.5 DI.59, DI.60, TR14-TR17 4.6 DI.59, DI.60, TR14-TR17

Standard 3: Comprehension/Critical Literacy-The student will interact with the words and concepts in a text to construct an appropriate meaning. 1. Literal Understanding a. Use prereading strategies independently to preview, activate prior knowledge, predict content of text, formulate questions that might be answered in the text, establish and adjust purposes for reading (e.g., to find out, to understand, to enjoy, to solve problems).

4.1 20a, 22-27, 36, 42a, 44, 62, 68a, 70, 84, 90a, 92, 108, 114a, 116, 130 42a, 130-133 4.2 144a, 146, 158, 164a, 166, 186, 190a, 192, 210, 214a, 216, 236, 242a, 244, 258



4.3 270a, 272, 288, 294a, 296, 310, 316a, 318, 334, 380, 314-315, 338-339,340a, 342-329, 349, 350-354, 362a, 364, 371 4.4 392-393, 394a, 396--403, 404-410, 412, 418a, 420, 430-435, 436, 442a, 444, 464, 466-467, 468a, 470-477, 478-483, 484, 490a, 492, 504 4.5 516-517, 518a, 520-527, 528-534, 536, 540a, 542, 556, 562a, 564, 578, 582-583, 584a, 586, 604, 608-609 610a, 612, 626 4.6 640a, 642, 658, 662a, 664-671, 682672-680, 688a, 690, 708, 712-713, 714a, 716-725, 726-732, 734, 740a, 742, 758

b. Read and comprehend poetry, fiction, and nonfiction that is appropriately designed for fourth grade.

4.1 36-39,44-59, 108-111, 130-133, 134-137, 139a, 139e, 139k 4.2 158-161, 210-211, 244-255, 258-259, 260-263 4.3 272-285, 288-291, 310-313, 335, 342-353, 364-377, 380-383, 384-387 4.4 392l-392m, 412-415, 420-433, 436-439, 464-465, 508-511 4.5 626-629, 629b, 630-633 4.6 658-659, 682-685, 762-765

c. Identify and explain the differences in fiction and nonfiction text.

4.1 44-59, 108-111, 139a, 139e, 139k 4.2 210-211, 244-255, 258-259 4.3 272-285, 288-291, 310-313, 335, 342-353, 364-377, 380-383 4.4 392l-392m, 412-415, 420-433, 436-439 4.5 626-629, 629b 4.6 682-685

2. Inferences and Interpretation a. Use prior knowledge and experience to make inferences and support them with information presented in text.

4.1 18m, 20-27, 34, 60, 82, 106, 128 4.2 142-143, 146-151, 152-156, 176-184, 162-163, 166-175,184, 188-189, 192-201, 202-208, 233, 256 4.3 286, 308, 332, 354, 378 4.4 410, 434, 462, 482, 488-489, 498-503 4.5 534, 554, 576, 602, 624 4.5 655, 680, 706, 732, 756



\ b. Make interpretations and draw conclusions from fiction and nonfiction text beyond personal experience.

4.2 153, 162l-162m, 162-163, 169, 179, 181, 187b, 188l-188m, 188-189, 195, 203, 205, 211b 4.5 569, 591, 608I-608m, 608-609, 612-619, 624, 627, 629b

c. Make inferences and draw conclusions about characters’ qualities and actions (i.e., based on knowledge of plot, setting, characters’ motives, characters’ appearances, and other characters’ responses to a character).

4.2 146-151, 152-156, 164-175. 176-184, 188-189, 192-201, 202-208, 210-211, 211b 4.4 401, 440l-440m, 440-441, 449, 455, 459 4.5 564-571, 586-593, 582m, 612-619620-624 4.6 686l-686m, 686-687, 693, 699, 703, 711b

*d. Participate in creative responses to text (i.e., art, drama, and oral presentation).

4.1 39d, 111d,268m 4.2 142m, 162m, 162-163, 211d 4.3 292m, 338m 4.4 416l 4.5 537d, 608m 4.6 660m, 712m

3. Summary and Generalization a. Paraphrase by recognizing main ideas, key concepts, key actions, and supporting details in fiction and nonfiction to recall, inform, or organize ideas.

4.1 18-19, 27, 33, 39, 65, 87b 18m, 20-21, 70-77 4.2 240-241, 251, 255 252-256, 240-241, 244-251 4.4 415b 4.5 559b 4.6 686-687, 690- 697, 698-706, 711

b. Support ideas, arguments, and generalizations by reference to evidence in the text.

4.2 244-251 4.3 301, 314l-314m, 314-315, 318-327, 328-332 , 337, 337b, 360l-360m, 360-361, 364-371,372-378, 383, 383b, 4.4 425 4.6 658-659, 712I-712m, 712-713, 716-732, 735, 737b



c. Represent text information in different ways such as in outline, timeline, or graphic organizer.

4.1 20a, 42a, 66-67, 68a, 70, 77, 78-81, 112-113, 114a, 116-123, 124-128 4.2 164a, 190a, 214a, 216, 223, 242a 4.3 270a, 292, 294a, 296-303, 307, 316a, 318, 327, 340a, 362a 4.4 394a, 418a, 468a, 470, 477, 490a 4.5 518a, 540a, 562a, 584a, 559l, 560 610a 4.6 640a, 662a, 688a, 714a, 740a

4. Analysis and Evaluation a. Evaluate new information and hypotheses by testing them against known information and ideas.

4.1 39, 58, 65, 87, 104, 111, 111e, 111f, 133 4.2 161, 172, 182, 206, 230, 259 4.3 291, 313, 330, 337, 368, 383 4.4 415, 450, 465, 498, 507 4.5 532, 537, 552, 559, 574, 581, 607, 622, 629 4.6 646, 659, 678, 685, 737, 761

b. Compare and contrast information on the same topic after reading several passages or articles.

4.1 39, 58, 65, 87, 104, 111, 133 4.2 158-161, 172, 182, 192-201, 206, 230, 236-239, 258-259 4.3 291, 313, 330, 337, 368, 383, 359 4.4 392-393, 396-403, 404-410, 415, 415b, 416-417, 420-429, 430-435, 439b, 450, 465, 484-487, 498-503, 507 4.5 532, 536- 537, 538-539, 552, 554, 556-559, 550b, 574, 581, 604-607, 622, 629 4.6 646, 659, 678, 682-685, 708-711, 734-737, 758-761

c. Identify fact/opinion and cause and effect in various texts.

4.1 49, 125 22-27, 44-53, 124-128 4.2 142l-142m, 142-143, 149, 161, 161b, 212I-212m, 212-213, 219, 227, 229, 236, 239b 146-151, 212-213, 224-233, 216-223 4.3 268l-268m, 268-269, 275, 281, 291, 291b, 292l-292m, 292-293, 299, 303, 311, 313b, 323, 338l-338m, 347-349 4.4 466I-466m 4.6 638I-638m, 638-639, 645, 651, 653, 659, 659b, 660-661, 667, 675, 683, 685b, 738I-738m, 747 650-655, 642-649, 672-680,742-751



d. Analyze and explain the causes, motivations, sequences, and results of events from a text.

4.1 18I-18m, 18-19, 25, 27, 37, 39, 39b, 66l-66m, 66-67, 73, 70- 77, 84-87, 87b,88-89, 92-97 4.3 360-361, 364-371,372-378 4.5 531, 542-549, 551, 550-554, 560l-560m, 560-561, 564-571, 572-576, 571, 581, 581b 607b

5. Monitoring and Correction Strategies a. Monitor own reading and modify strategies as needed (e.g., recognizes when he or she is confused by a section of text, questions whether the text makes sense, rereading).

4.2 212-213, 223, 227, 239 216-224 4.3 268, 451, 455 4.4 440-441, 444-461, 465 4.5 608-609, 612-619,620-624, 623, 629 4.6 738-739, 738m, 742-751, 752-756, 761

b. Predict, monitor, and check for understanding using semantic, syntactic, and graphophonic cues.

4.1 18, 40, 66, 77, 81, 88, 112 4.2 142, 162, 188, 212, 240,240m 4.3 268, 292-293, 303, 307, 314, 338-339, 360 4.4 392, 416, 440, 466,466m, 488 4.5 516, 538, 560, 582, 608 4.6 638, 660, 686, 712, 738

Standard 4: Literature-The student will read to construct meaning and respond to a wide variety of literary forms.

*1. Literary Genres-Demonstrate knowledge of and appreciation for various forms (genres) of literature. a. Identify the defining characteristics of a variety of literary genres and forms (e.g. contemporary realistic fiction, historical fiction, nonfiction, modern fantasy, poetry, drama, legends, myths, biography, autobiographies,

4.1 44-59, 62-65, 70-83, 84-87,92-105, 108-111, 116-127, 130-133, 134-137, 139a, 139i, 139k, 139l 4.2 146-155, 158-161, 166-183, 192-207, 210-211, 216-231, 244-255, 258-259, 260-263 161b, 211b, 240-241, 259b 4.3 272-285, 288-291, 310-313, 335, 342-353, 364-377, 380-383, 384-387



4.4 392l-392m, 396-409, 412-415, 420-433, 436-439, 444-461, 464-465, 470-481, 504-507, 508-511 466-467 4.5 520-533, 536-537, 542-553, 564-575, 604-607, 612-623, 626-629, 629b, 630-633 581b, 578-581 4.6 642-653, 658-659, 664-679, 682-685, 708-711, 716-731, 742-755, 762-765

b. Read and construct meaning from a variety of genres. and traditional stories such as fairy tales and fables).

4.1 36-39, 44-59, 62-65, 70-83, 84-87, 92-105, 108-111, 116-127, 130-133, 134-137, 139a, 139i, 139k, 139l 4.2 146-155, 158-161, 166-183, 186-187, 192-207, 210-211, 216-231, 236-239, 244-255, 258-259, 260-263 4.3 272-285, 288-291, 310-313, 335, 338-339, 342--349, 350-354, 356-359, 359b, 360m, 364-377, 380-383, 384-387 4.4 392l-392m, 396-409, 412-415, 420-433, 436-439, 444-461, 464-465, 470—477, 483, 487b, 484-487, 504-507, 508-511 4.5 520-533, 536-537, 538-539, 542-553, 556-559, 564-575, 578-581604-607, 612-623, 626-629, 629b, 630-633 4.6 642-653, 658-659, 664-679, 682-685, 708-711, 716-731, 734-737, 737b, 742-755, 758-761, 762-765

2. Literary Elements-Demonstrate knowledge of literary elements and techniques and how they affect the development of a literary work. a. Identify the main events of the plot, including their causes and effects of each event on future actions, and the major theme from the story.

4.1 88-89, 99, 103, 105 112-113, 116-123, 128 4.2 184, 223-224, 216-223, 256, 244-251, 259b 4.4 401, 488l-488m, 488-489, 492-497, 497, 503, 507b 4.5 571, 575, 582l-582m, 582-583, 586-593, 594-602, 621 4.6 642-649, 650-655, 660l-660m, 686I-686m, 686-687, 699, 703, 711b, 752-756

b. Identify the purposes of different types of texts (e.g., to inform, to explain, to entertain).

4.1 28-34, 31, 40l-40m, 40-41, 44-53, 54-59, 62-65, 65b, 88l-88m, 88-89, 95, 92-99, 100-106, 109, 111b, 133b, 130-133 4.2 216-223, 239b 4.3 313b, 369 4.5 516l-516m, 516-517, 520-527, 528-534, 537b, 582-585, 586-593, 594-602 4.6 660-661, 664-671, 690-697 695b



c. Identify themes that occur across literary works. 4.1 20-27 4.3 337 4.5 582l-582m, 621 4.6 686I-686m, 686-687, 699, 703, 711b

d. Use knowledge of the situation, setting, a character’s traits, motivations, and feelings to determine the causes for that character’s actions.

4.4 396-403, 440l-440m, 440-441, 444-451, 452-461, 459, 465b 4.6 686l-686m, 686-687, 693, 699, 703, 711b 689-690, 698-706

3. Figurative Language and Sound Devices-The student will identify figurative language and sound devices in writing and how they affect the development of a literary work. a. Interpret poetry and recognize poetic styles (e.g., rhymed, free verse, and patterned [cinquain, diamante]).

4.1 130-133, 133b, 134-137, 139a 4.2 158-161, 260-263 4.3 384-387 4.4 464-465, 465b, 508-511 4.5 630-633 4.6 658-659, 762-765

b. Define figurative language, such as similes, metaphors, hyperboles, or personification, and identify its use in literary works. • Simile: a comparison that uses like or as • Metaphor: an implied comparison • Hyperbole: an exaggeration for effect • Personification: a description that represents a thing as a person

4.1 40-41, 65b, 133b 4.3 337b, 359b, 383b 4.4 405, 439b 4.5 537b 4.6 685b, 711b, 761b



*4. Literary Works-The student will read and respond to historically and culturally significant works of literature, compare and contrast story elements from tales of different cultures (e.g., compare/contrast adventures of character types, setting, theme).

4.1 16, 18l, 44-59, 70-81, 84-87 4.2 140, 216-232 4.3 266, 314m, 318-331,332, 334-337, 364-377 4.4 390, 420-433, 470-481 4.5 514, 542-553, 556-559 4.6 636, 690-705


1. Accessing Information-Select the best source for a given purpose. a. Understand the organization of and access information from a variety of sources including dictionaries, encyclopedias, atlases, almanacs, tables of contents, glossaries, and indexes.

4.1 39l, 59, 79, 133l 4.2 216-223 4.3 291l, 337l 4.4 507l 4.5 607l 4.6 685l, 711l, 761l, WA2-WA9

b. Identify key words to be used in searching for resources and information.

4.1 20a, 26, 42a, 48, 65k, 68a, 80, 84, 85, 87k, 90a, 96, 106, 111k, 114a, 118, 133k 39k, 65k, 111k 4.2 144a, 148, 161k, 164a, 190a, 200, 211k, 214a, 220, 228, 242a, 246, 259k 161k, 187k, 211k, 239k, 259k 4.3 270a, 278, 291k, 294a, 298, 316a, 320, 340a, 344, 352, 358, 359l, 362a, 366, 383k, 313k, 313l, 337k, 359k, 383k 4.4 394a, 418a, 422, 439k, 442a, 465k, 468a, 476, 484, 485, 486, 487k, 490a, 494, 507k, 359k, 415k 4.5 518a, 537k, 540a, 546, 559k, 562a, 574, 581k, 584a, 596, 607k, 610a, 614, 629, 581k, 629k 4.6 640a, 648, 659k, 662a, 678, 685k, 688a, 692, 714a, 724, 737k, 740a, 748, 761k, WA2-WA9 659k, 685k, 711k, 761k



c. Cite information sources appropriately. 4.1 87d 39k, 65k 4.2 161k. 239k, 259k, 259l 4.3 313k, 337k 4.4 484-487, 507k, 4.5 559k, 607k 4.6 WA2-WA9, 711k, 761k

d. Use text formats and organization as an aid in constructing meaning from nonfiction (expository) text (e.g., heading, subheading, bold print, and italics).

4.1 36, 39k, 62, 65k, 65l, 84, 108, 130, 111l 4.2 161k, 161l, 186, 210, 211l, 236, 239k, 258 4.3 288, 310, 313k, 334, 337k 356, 380 4.4 412, 415l, 436, 464, 484, 504, 507k 4.5 536, 537l, 537l, 556, 578, 559k, 604, 607k 626 4.6 682, 708, 711k, 734, 737k, 758, 761k, WA2-WA9

e. Locate information in reference texts by using organizational features, such as prefaces and appendixes.

4.3 291l 4.4 415l 4.5 537l 4.6 WA2-WA9

f. Continue to use test-taking strategies by answering different levels of questions, such as open-ended, literal, and interpretive, as well as multiple choice, true/false, and short answer

4.1 34, 38,40-41, 44-53, 54-59, 60, 64, 82, 106, 110, 128, 133g-133h, 138 4.2 156, 160, 184, 187, 208, 211, 233, 256, 259, 259g-259h 4.3 286, 290, 308, 312, 332, 336, 354, 378, 382, 383g-383h 4.4 410, 414, 434, 438, 462, 482, 501, 506, 507g-507h 4.5 534, 551, 554, 558, 576, 602, 606, 624, 628 4.6 655, 659, 680, 684, 706, 710, 732, 756, 760, WA2-WA9



*2. Interpreting Information-Analyze and evaluate information from a variety of sources. a. Identify a research question and appropriate sources to answer that question.

4.1 39k, 39l, 65k, 65l, 87k ,87l, 111k, 111l, 133k 133l 4.2 161k, 161l, 187k, 187l, 211k, 211l, 239k, 239l, 259k 259l 4.3 291k, 291l, 313k 313l, 337k, 337l, 359k, 359l, 383k 383l 4.4 415j, 415k, 415l, 439k, 439l, 465k, 465l, 487l, 507l 587k, 507k 4.5 537k, 537l, 559k, 559l, 581k, 581l, 607k, 607l, 629k 629l 4.6 659k,,659l, 685l, 685k, 711k, 711l, 737k, 737l, 761k 761l, WA2-WA9

b. Take notes to paraphrase or summarize information.

4.5 559l 4.6 659l, 676b, WA2-WA9

c. Locate, organize, and synthesize information from a variety of print, nonprint and technological resources (e.g., dictionaries, reference books, atlases, magazines, informational texts, thesaurus, and technology/Internet).

4.1 41l, 87l, 111k, 133k 133l 4.2 211k 211l 4.3 291l, 313l, 337l 359k, 359l, 383k, 291k 4.4 487l 415k, 415l, 439k, 465k, 487k, 436-439 4.5 537k, 581k, 629k 4.6 737k 659k, 685k, 685l, 711l, 737l, 761l, WA2-WA9

d. Report on the findings of research in a variety of formats including written, oral, and/or visual presentations.

4.1 87k, 111d 111k 4.2 211k 4.3 359k, 383k, 291k 4.4 415k, 439k, 465k, 487k 4.5 537k, 581k, 629k 4.6 WA2-WA9 659k, 685k, 737k



Writing/Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will express ideas effectively in written modes for a variety of purposes and audiences. *Standard 1: Writing Process-The student will use the writing process to write coherently. 1. Use a variety of prewriting activities such as brainstorming, clustering, illustrating, webbing, and graphic organizers.

4.1 39h 61, 65h, 66,70,77,83,87h, 88,111h, 112129,133h, WA3 4.2 157,161h, 161, 185,187h, 211h, 209,239h, 257,259h, WA3 4.3 185, 209, 257,287,291h, 292,313h, 337h, 359h, 383h, WA3 4.4 411, 415h, 435, 439h, 463, 465h, 483, 470, 477487h, 507h, WA3 4.5 535, 537h, 538, 555, 577,559h, 581h, 603, 607h, 625, 629b, 629h, WA3 629h 4.6 656, 659h, 681, 685g, 685h, 707, 711h, 733,737g, 737h, 757761h, WA3

2. Select a focus and an organizational structure based upon purpose, audience, length, and required format and write one or more drafts by categorizing ideas, organizing them into paragraphs, and blending paragraphs into longer text.

4.1 39h, 65h, 87h, 107, 111g,111h, 133h, WA4 4.2 161h, 187g, 187h, 211g, 211h, 235, 239g 239h, 259h, WA4 4.3 291h, 313h, 337h, 359g 359h, 383h, WA4 4.4 415h, 439h, 465h, 487h, 502,507g, 507h, WA4 4.5 537h, 559h, 581h, 607h, 629h, WA4 4.6 659h, 685h, 711h, 733, 737g 737h, 761h, WA4

3. Revise selected drafts by adding, elaborating, deleting, combining, and rearranging text.

4.1 39h, 65h, 87h, 111h, 133h, WA5 4.2 161h, 187h, 211h, 239h, 259h, WA5 4.3 291h, 313h, 337h, 359h, 383h, WA5 4.4 415h, 439h, 465h, 487h, 502g,507h, WA5 4.5 537h, 559h, 581h, 607h, 629h, WA5 4.6 659h, 685h, 711h, 737h, 761h, WA5

4. Edit drafts to ensure standard usage, mechanics, spelling, and varied sentence structure.

4.1 39h, 65h, 87h, 111h, 133g,133h, WA6 4.2 161h, 187h, 211h, 239h, 259h, WA6 4.3 291h, 313h, 337h, 359h, 383h, WA6 4.4 415h, 439h, 465h, 487h, 507h, WA6 4.5 537h, 559h, 581h, 607h, 629h, WA6 4.6 659h, 685h, 711h, 737h, 761h, WA6



5. Share writing with peers and adults.

4.1 39h, 65h, 87h, 111h, WA7 4.2 161h, 187h, 211h, 239h, WA7 4.3 291h, 313h, 337h, 359h 4.4 415h, 439h, 465h, 487h, WA7 4.5 537h, 559h, 581h, 607h, WA7 4.6 659h, 685h, 711h, 737h, WA7

6. Use common organizational structures for providing information in writing, such as chronological order (beginning, middle, and end), cause/effect, or similarity and difference, and posing and answering questions.

4.1 39h, 65h, 87g,87h, 111h, 133h, WA4 4.2 161h, 187h, 211h, 239h, 259h, WA4 4.3 291h, 313h, 337h, 359h, 383h, WA4 4.4 415h, 439h, 465h, 487h, 507h, WA4 4.5 537h, 559h, 581h, 607h, 629h, WA4 4.6 659h, 685h, 711h, 737h, 761h, WA4

*Standard 2: Modes and Forms of Writing-The student will communicate through a variety of written forms and for various purposes and to a specific audience or person. 1. Write narrative, descriptive, expository, and persuasive paragraphs and longer compositions that: a. have topic sentences.

4.1 65g-65h, 87g-87h, 111g-111h, WA2-WA9 4.2 187g-187h, 259g-259h, WA2-WA9 4.3 313g-313h, WA2-WA9 4.4 415g-415h, 439g-439h, 465g-465h, 507g-507h 4.5 537g-537h, 537,559g-559h, 581g-581h,585, 607g-607h,607, 625, 629g-629h, 629, WA2-WA9 4.6 659g-659h, 685g-685h, 737g-737h, 761g-761h, WA2-WA9



b. use concrete sensory supporting details.

4.1 39g-39h, 65g-65h,69, 83,87g-87h, 87, WA2-WA9 4.2 161g-161h, 162, 165,187g-187h, 211g-211h,211, 291g 4.3 291g-291h, 291,291b,313g-313h, 337g-337h, 383g-383h 317, 337, 337b,383b, 4.4 415g-415h, 435, 439b,439g-439h, 465g-465h, 487g-487h, 507g-507h, WA2-WA9 4.5 519, 520, 527, 537g-537h, 541,629g-629h, 563, WA2-WA9 4.6 659g-659h, 659, 660, 664, 711g-711h, 712 737g.,761g-761h, WA2-WA9

c. provide a context to allow the reader to imagine the event.

4.1 35, 39g-39h, 65g-65h, 87g-87h, 133g, 133h WA2-WA9 4.2 161g-161h, 187g-187h, 211g-211h 4.3 291g-291h, 296, 303, 313g-313h, 337g-337h, 341383g-383h 4.4 415g-415h, 439g-439h, 469,487g-487h, 507g-507h, WA2-WA9 4.5 611 4.6 659g-659h, 711g-711h, 761g-761h, WA2-WA9

d. support a logical conclusion. 4.2 188

4.3 359g, 355, 359h 4.5 537g-537h, 559g-559h, 559,629g-629h, WA2-WA9 4.6 689, 711g, 711h, 707

2. Write creative stories and poems using figurative language (alliteration personification, simile, and metaphor) and varied word choice.

4.1 39g, 43, 91, 111b 4.2 161g-161h, 211g-211h, 209, 215 4.3 295, 337a, 333, 337h, 379, 383g-383h, 465, 487 4.4 415g-415h, 487g-487h, 507b WA2-WA9 4.5 555, 559g, 559h, 629g 4.6 685b, 761b

3. Write personal, persuasive, formal, business letters, thank-you notes, and invitations including, the date, greeting, body, closing, and signature.

4.1 87g, 87h,111g-111h, 115 4.3 313g-313h 4.4 416, 443, 463, 465g-465h 4.5 603, 607g-607h, 608 4.6 711



4. Write informational pieces with multiple paragraphs that: a. provide an introductory paragraph that asks a central question about an idea or issue.

4.1 111g-111h 4.2 187g-187h, 259g-259h, WA2-WA9 4.3 337g-337h, 359g-359h, WA2-WA9 4.4 465g-465h 4.5 581g-581h, 607g-607h 4.6 685g-685h, 737g-737h, 761g-761h, WA2-WA9

b. establish and support a central theme or idea with a topic sentence.


c. include supporting paragraphs with simple facts, details, and explanations for focus.

4.1 111g-111h 4.2 185, 187g-187h, 212, 239h, 259b 259g-259h, WA2-WA9 4.3 337g-337h, 359g-359h, WA2-WA9, 271 4.4 439q, 465g-465h, 483, 487g-h, 491 4.5 581g-581h, 607g-607h, 535, 537h, 581 4.6 681, 685g-685h, 737g-737h, 738, 761g-761h, WA2-WA9

d. present important ideas and events in sequence, chronological order, of order of importance.

4.1 111g-111h 4.2 187g-187h, 259g-259h, WA2-WA9 4.3 337g-337h, 359g-359h, WA2-WA9 4.4 415b 465g-465h 4.5 577, 581g-581h, 607b, 607g-607h 4.6 685g-685h, 737b, 737g-737h, 761g-761h, WA2-WA9

e. provide details and transitions to link paragraphs.

4.1 111g-111h 4.2 187g-187h, 239g, 257, 259g-259h, WA2-WA9 4.3 337g-337h, 359g-359h, WA2-WA9 4.4 465g-465h 4.5 581g-581h, 607g-607h 4.6 659h, 685g-685h, 737g-737h, 761g-761h, WA2-WA9



f. conclude with a paragraph that summarizes the points.


g. use correct indention at the beginning of paragraphs.


h. use more than one source of information, including speakers, newspapers, media sources, and online information.

Related Content: 4.1 111g-111h, 111 4.2 187g-187h, 259g-259h, WA2-WA9 4.3 337g-337h, 359g-359h, WA2-WA9 4.4 465g-465h 4.5 581g-581h, 607g-607h 4.6 685g-685h, 737g-737h, 761g-761h, WA2-WA9

5. Write responses to literature that: a. demonstrate an understanding of a literary work.

4.1 22,27,32,34, 39,40, 44, 53, 60, 65, 82, 92, 99, 106, 128, 133 4.2 142, 146, 151, 156, 166, 175, 184, 192, 201, 208, 216, 223, 233, 243, 244-251, 256 259 4.3 268, 272, 286, 308, 313, 332, 338, 354, 359g-359h, 360, 378, 383, 4.4 410, 434, 462, 482, 501 466, 487b, 492, 497, 4.5 516, 534, 542, 549, 554, 559g-559h, 576, 582, 586, 593, 602, 624, 629g-629h 4.6 642, 649, 655, 680, 685, 690, 697, 706, 716, 732, 737, 742, 751, 756



b. support judgments through references to both the text and prior knowledge.

4.1 34, 60, 82, 106, 116, 123, 128 4.2 156, 184, 208, 233, 256 4.3 286, 308, 314, 332, 354, 359g-359h, 378 4.4 396, 403, 410, 415, 420, 429, 434, 444, 462, 482, 501 4.5 534, 554, 559g-559h, 576, 602, 612, 619, 624, 629g-629h 4.6 638,655, 659b 680, 706, 732, 756

6. Write summaries based upon the main idea of a reading selection and its most significant details.

4.1 18-19, 27, 33, 39, 58, 65, 80, 104, 126 4.2 154, 206, 230, 240-241, 251, 254, 255 4.3 284, 306, 330, 352, 376 4.4 408, 432, 460, 480, 502, 488, 507a, 507g, 4.5 532, 552, 559b, 574, 581b, 622 4.6 686-687, 697, 699, 705, 711, 652, 704, 730, 754

*Standard 3: Grammar/Usage and Mechanics-The student will demonstrate appropriate practices in writing by applying Standard English conventions to the revising and editing stages of writing. 1. Grammar/Usage: Students are expected to recognize and use nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, and conjunctions correctly in their writing. a. Singular and plural forms of nouns

4.1 161e, 161f 4.2 187e-187f, 211e-211f

b. Singular and plural possessive nouns

4.2 239a-239f, 259e-259f 4.4 439e-439f

c. Subject, object, reflexive, and possessive pronouns

Related Content: 4.4 415e-415f, 439e-439f, 439h, 465e-465f, 487e-487f

d. Subject, direct object, and object of prepositions

4.5 629e-629f

e. Present, past, future, and present perfect verbs tense 4.3 359e-359f



f. Regular, irregular, and helping verbs

4.3 291e-291f, 313e-313f, 415e, 383e-383f

g. Subject-verb agreement 4.1 87e-87f 4.3 337e-337f

h. Descriptive, comparative, superlative, and demonstrative adjectives

4.3 318, 327, 333, 337h, 4.4 392, 439, 287g 4.5 537e-537f, 559e-559f, 607e-607f

i. Time, place, and manner adverbs

Related Content: 4.5 581e-581f, 607e-607f

j. Comparative forms of adverbs

Related Content: 4.5 581e-581f

2. Mechanics: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate language mechanics in writing. a. Capitalize correctly geographical names, holidays, dates, proper nouns, book titles, titles of respect, sentences, and quotations.

4.2 161e-161f 4.6 685e-685f, 761e-761f

b. Capitalize correctly familial relations, proper adjectives, and conventions of letter writing.

4.3 313g

c. Indent correctly at the beginning of each paragraph. Related Content: 4.1 39g, 65g, 87g, 111g, 133g, WA1, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA7 4.2 161g, 187g, 209, 211g-211h, 239g, 257, 259g-259h, WA1, WA5, WA7 4.3 291g, 313g, 337g, 355, 359g-359h, 383g, WA1, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA7 4.4 415g, 439g, 465g, 487g, 502, 507g-507h, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 4.5 537g, 559g, 581g, 607g, 629g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 4.6 659g, 685g, 711g, 733, 737g-737h, 761g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7



d. Observe left hand and right hand margins. Related Content: 4.1 39g, 65g, 87g, 111g, 133g, WA1, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA7 4.2 161g, 187g, 209, 211g-211h, 239g, 257, 259g-259h, WA1, WA5, WA7 4.3 291g, 313g, 337g, 355, 359g-359h, 383g, WA1, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA7 4.4 415g, 439g, 465g, 487g, 502, 507g-507h, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 4.5 537g, 559g, 581g, 607g, 629g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 4.6 659g, 685g, 711g, 733, 737g-737h, 761g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7

3. Punctuation: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate punctuation in writing. a. Parentheses

4.2 211h

b. Quotation marks 4.3 383g 4.6 737e-737f, 761e-761f

c. Terminal punctuation

end marks 4.1 39e-39f, 65e-65f

d. Apostrophes in contractions and possessives

4.2 239e-239f, 259e-259f 4.4 507e-507f

e. Commas

4.6 659e-659f, 711e-711f

f. Colons and semicolons 4.2 236 4.3 313h

4. Sentence Structure: The student will demonstrate appropriate sentence structure in writing. a. Use simple, compound, and complex sentences appropriately in writing.

4.1 21,39e-39f, 65e-65f, 111e-111f,129, 133e-133f, 133g-133h



b. Create interesting sentences using words that describe, explain, or provide additional details and connections, such as adjectives, adverbs, positives, participial phrases, prepositional phrases, and conjunctions.

Related Content: 4.1 35, 39g-39h, 65g, 87g, 111g, 133g, WA1, WA5, WA7 4.2 157, 161g-161h, 187g, 211g, 235, 239g, 239h, 239, 259g, WA1, WA5, WA7 4.3 287, 291g-291h, 309, 313g-313h, 333, 337g-337h, 359g, 363, 383g, WA1, WA5, WA7 4.4 415g, 415, 419, 439g, 465g, 487g, 507g, WA1, WA5, WA7 4.5 537g, 555, 559g-559h, 581g, 607g, 625, 629g-629h, WA1, WA5, WA7 4.6 656, 659g, 685g-659h, 711g, 715, 737g, 741, 761g, 761, WA1, WA5, WA7

c. Correct sentence fragments and run-ons.

4.1 87e, 111e 4.6 659e

5. Spelling: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate application of spelling knowledge to the revising and editing stages of writing. a. Spell correctly roots, inflections (e.g.,-s/es,-ing,-ly,-er), suffixes (e.g.,- ment,-ness,-able,-sion,-tion), and prefixes (e.g., dis-, in-, un-, re-, mis-, pre-).

4.1 39i- 39j, 111i-111j, 133i-133j, 65i-65j, 87i-87j 4.2 161i-161j, 187i, 187j, 211i-211j, 239i-239j, 259i-259j 4.3 291i-291j, 337i-337j, 359i-359j, 383i-383j 4.4 507i-507j 415i-415j, 439i-439j, 465i- 465j, 487i- 487j, 4.5 537i, 537j, 559i, 559j, 629i, 629j, 581i-581j, 607i-607j 4.6 659i-59j, 685i-685j, 711i-711j, 737i-737j, 761i-761j

b. Spell homophones correctly according to usage (e.g., to, too, two; there, their, they’re).

4.3 313i-313j

c. Use more complex patterns in producing conventional spellings (e.g., ought = brought, fought; urse = nurse, purse).

Related Content: 4.5 629i-629j

d. Use word reference materials including glossary, dictionary, and technology to check correct spelling.

4.4 WA6 4.6 711l



6. Handwriting: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate handwriting in the writing process. Example: Use handwriting/penmanship to copy and/or compose text, writing smoothly and legibly in cursive, forming letters and words that can be read by others.

4.1 TR10-TR13 4.2 TR10-TR13 4.3 TR10-TR13 4.4 TR10-TR13 4.5 629l, TR10-TR13 4.6 TR10-TR13

Oral Language/Listening and Speaking: The student will demonstrate thinking skills in listening and speaking. *Standard 1: Listening: The student will listen for information and for pleasure. 1. Listen to directions and questions and respond appropriately.

4.3 313d 4.4 415d, 465l 4.5 607d, 629d 4.6 685d, 737d

2. Listen critically and respond appropriately to oral communication.

4.1 34, 39d, 60, 82, 87d, 106, 128 4.2 156, 184, 208, 233, 239d, 256, 259d 4.3 286, 291d, 308, 313d, 332, 337d, 354, 378, 383d, 4.4 410, 415d, 434, 462, 482, 487d, 501 4.5 534, 537d, 581d554, 576, 602, 607d, 624 4.6 655, 659d, 680, 706, 732, 737d, 756

3. Listen and respond to teacher-read stories.

4.1 18m, 39d, 40m, 66m, 88m, 112m 4.2 142m, 162m, 188m, 212m, 240m 4.3 268m, 292m, 314m, 338m, 360m 4.4 392m, 416m, 440m, 466m, 488m 4.5 516m, 538m, 560m, 582m, 608m 4.6 638m, 660m, 686m, 712m, 738m



*Standard 2: Speaking-The student will express ideas and opinions in group or individual situations. 1. Speak articulately and audibly before a group using appropriate delivery (enunciation, volume, and movement) and language skills (pronunciation, word choice, and usage).

4.1 39d, 65d, 87d, 111d, 133d 4.2 161d, 187d, 211d, 239d, 259d 4.3 291d, 313d, 337d, 359d, 383d 4.4 415d, 439d, 465d, 487d, 507d 4.5 537d, 559d, 581d, 607d, 629d 4.6 659d, 685d, 711d, 737d, 761d

2. Present effective introductions and conclusions that guide and inform the listener’s understanding of important ideas and details.

4.1 111d,133d 4.2 259d 4.3 291d, 313d, 359d 4.4 415d, 439d, 507d 4.5 559d, 581d, 607d, 629d 4.6 659d, 685d, 737d, 761d

3. Use traditional structures for conveying information, including cause and effect, similarity and difference, and posing and answering a question.

4.2 239d 4.3 268-269, 279, 281, 285, 289, 313d 4.4 466-467, 477, 481, 485, 507, 415d 4.5 607d 4.6 712, 713, 726, 725, 727, 731, 737

4. Emphasize points in ways that help the listener or viewer to follow important ideas and concepts (e.g., pausing, hand gestures, inflection volume, body language).

4.1 39d, 65d, 87d, 111d, 133d 4.2 211d, 239d, 259d 4.3 291d, 313d, 337d, 359d, 383d 4.4 439d, 465d, 487d, 507d 4.5 537d, 581d, 629d 4.6 659d, 737d 761d



5. Engage the audience with appropriate words, facial expressions, gestures, and eye contact.

4.1 39d, 65d, 87d, 133d 4.2 239d, 259d 4.3 291d, 313d, 337d, 359d, 383d 4.4 439d, 465d, 487d, 507d 4.5 537d, 581d, 629d 4.6 659d, 737d

*Standard 3: Group Interaction-The student will use effective communication strategies in pairs and small group context. 1. Show respect and consideration for others in verbal and physical communication.

4.1 34, 39d, 60, 82, 106, 128 4.2 156, 184, 208, 233, 256 4.3 286, 308, 332, 354, 378 4.4 410, 434, 462, 482, 501 4.5 534, 554, 576, 602, 624 4.6 655, 680, 706, 732, 756

2. Demonstrate thinking skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. For example, students are expected to gather information, organize and analyze it, and generate a simple written or oral report.

4.1 111d 4.2 WA2-WA9

3. Participate in story telling, give oral book reports, and present poems, stories, plays, and pantomime.

4.1 39d, 134-137 4.2 211d, 260-263 4.3 337d, 384-387 4.4 508-511 4.5 537d, 630-633 4.6 672-675



Visual Literacy: The student will interpret, evaluate, and compose visual messages. *Standard 1: Interpret Meaning-The student will interpret and evaluate the various ways visual image-makers, including graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers, represent meaning and distinguish fact, opinion, and fiction in print and nonprint media.

4.1 39k, 58, 65d, 65k, 87d, 87k, 104, 111d, 111k, 133d, 133, 133k 4.2 161d, 161k, 187k, 206, 211d, 211k, 239k, 259, 259k 4.3 291, 291k, 313k, 330, 337, 337k, 359d, 359k, 383, 383k 4.4 415d, 415d, 415k, 439k, 450, 465d, 465k, 487k, 498, 507d, 507k 4.5 532, 537, 537k, 552, 559d, 559k, 574, 581k, 607, 607d, 607k, 622, 629k 4.6 646, 659, 659k, 678, 685d, 685k, 711d, 711k, 737k, 761k

*Standard 2: Evaluate Media-The student will evaluate visual and electronic media, such as film, as compared with print messages.

1. Interpret and describe important events and ideas gathered from maps, charts, graphics, video segments, or technology presentations.

4.1 65d, 111d, 133d 4.2 161d, 211d, 239l 4.3 359d, 383l 4.4 415d, 465d, 466, 507d 4.5 581l, 607d 4.6 685d, 711d, 738, 761d

2. Compare and contrast print, visual, and electronic media, such as film, with a written story.

4.1 39k, 58, 65k, 87k-87l, 104, 111k, 133, 133k 4.2 161k, 187k, 206, 211k, 239k, 259, 259k 4.3 291, 291k, 313k, 330, 337, 337k, 359k, 383, 383k 4.4 415k, 439d,439k, 450, 465k, 487k, 498, 507k 4.5 532, 537, 537k, 552, 559k, 574, 581k, 607, 607k, 622, 629k 4.6 646, 659, 659k, 678, 685k, 711k, 737k, 761k

3. Listen to, view, or read literature which tells of characters in American and other cultures.

4.1 16, 18l, 44-59, 70-81, 84-87 4.2 140, 216-232 4.3 266, 313l, 318-331, 334-337, 364-377 4.4 390, 420-433,439d, 439l, 470-481,487d 4.5 514, 542-553, 556-559 4.6 636, 690-705, 685d, 737d




4. Make connections between illustrations and print. 4.1 22, 44, 70, 92, 116 4.2 146, 166, 192, 216, 244 4.3 272, 296, 318, 342, 364 4.4 396, 420, 444, 470, 492 4.5 520, 542, 564, 586, 612 4.6 642, 665, 690, 716, 742

*Standard 3: Compose Visual Messages-The student will create a visual message that effectively communicates an idea, selects, organizes, or produces visuals to complement and extend ideas (e.g., book posters, multimedia projects books, or advertisements).

4.1 111d 4.2 161d, 187d 4.3 359d 4.4 507d



Grade Five Reading/Literature: The student will apply a wide range of strategies to comprehend, interpret, evaluate, appreciate, and respond to a wide variety of texts. Standard 1: Vocabulary-The student will develop and expand their knowledge of words and word meanings to increase their vocabulary. 1. Words in Context a. Use knowledge of word parts and word relationships, as well as context clues (the meaning of the text around a word), to determine the meaning of specialized vocabulary and to understand the precise meaning of grade-level appropriate words.

5.1 18l, 29, 30-32, 33, 41c, 42l, 44b, 44-45, 46-55, 63, 67c, 66-67, 68l, 70b, 72-79, 83, 86-89, 89c, 90l, 92b, 92-93, 94-103, 107, 110-111, 111c, 112, 114-115, 116-123, 123c, 127, 133, 133c 5.2 142l, 144b, 144-145, 153, 154-158, 161c, 160-161,162,173, 177, 180-185,185c, 188b,188-189, 190-197,207c, 208, 210b,210-211, 219, 223, 229c, 230l,232b, 232-233, 242-248, 253c 5.3 262l, 264b,264-265, 273, 274-280, 287c, 288, 290a,290-291,292-303,304-310,315c ,315c, 316l, 318b, 318-319, 327, 328-338, 345c, 346l,348-349, 353,357,363c, 364,366b, 366-367,368-373,377,383c 5.4 386b,392l, 394b, 394-395, 403,407,411c,412l, 414b, 414-415, 423, 424-432, 435c, 438b,438-439, 447, 454-457, 457c, 451, 458l, 460b 460-461, 463l, 469,473, 470-478, 483c 484l, 486-487, 494-498, 503c 5.5 512l 524-530, 532, 535c,536l, ,538b,547,551,559c, 560l, 562b, 562-563, 571, 574b,575, 581c, 582l, 584b,584-585, 586-593,595, 597,603c,604l, 606b,606-607,608-615,619,625c 5.6 634l, 636b,645,649, 653c,654l, 656b,656-657,673c, 663,667, 670-673, 673c, 676b 676-677,684l, 685, 686-696, 699c, 700l, 702b,702-703, 709, 713, 719c, 725c, 726l, , 728b,728-729, 737, 739, 740-748 ,753c

b. Use prior experience and context to understand and explain the figurative use of words such as similes (comparisons that use like or as: His feet were as big as boats), and metaphors (implied comparisons: The giants steps were thunderous).

5.3 287b 5.4 435b, 457b, 503b 5.5 595

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Asterisks (*) have been used to identify standards and objectives that must be assessed by the local school district. All

other skills may be assessed by the Oklahoma School Testing Program (OSTP). Book icons ( ) identify Information Literacy skills. Students are best served when these are taught in collaboration 107 and cooperation between the classroom teacher and the library media specialist.

Scott Foresman Reading Street - Grade Five Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

2. Affixes, Roots, and Stems a. Interpret new words by analyzing the meaning of prefixes and suffixes.

5.2 20-21, 144-145, 155, 161c 5.3 366-367, 373, 383c 5.4 486-487, 503c 5.5 606-607, 625c 5.6 676-677, 691, 699c

b. Apply knowledge of root words to determine the meaning of unknown words within a passage.

5.2 188-189, 195, 207c 5.3 290-291, 297, 305, 315c 5.5 514-515, 527

c. Use word origins, including knowledge of less common roots (graph = writing, terras = earth) and word parts (hemi = half, bio = life) from Greek and Latin to analyze the meaning of complex words (terrain, hemisphere, biography).

5.2 188-189, 195, 207c 5.3 290-291, 297, 305, 315c 5.5 514-515, 527 581i-581j, 603i-603j

3. Synonyms, Antonyms, and Homonyms/Homophones-Apply knowledge of fifth grade level synonyms, antonyms, homonyms/homophones, and multiple meaning words to determine the meaning of words and phrases.

5.1 44b, 44-45, 53, 67c, 92-93 5.2 232b 5.3 318, 348-349, 363c, 366b, 348b 5.4 438-439, 447 5.5 581c

*4. Using Resource Materials and Aids a. Use a thesaurus to determine related words and concepts.

5.4 483l

b. Determine the meanings, pronunciation, and derivations of unknown words by using a glossary and/or dictionary.

5.1 41l, 70-71, 79, 89c, 224b 5.2 164b, 164-165, 171, 185c 5.5 538-539, 548-552, 559c 5.6 636-637, 638-645, 653c, 656b



*Standard 2: Fluency-The student will identify words rapidly so that attention is directed at the meaning of the text. 1. Read regularly in independent-level texts (texts in which no more than approximately 1 in 20 words is difficult for the reader) fluently and accurately, and with appropriate timing, change in voice, and expression.

5.1 18l, 18m, 41a, 42l, 67a, 68l, 68m, 89a, 90l, 90m, 111a, 112l, 112m, 133a, DI·57 5.2 142l, 142m, 161a, 162l, 162m, 185a, 186l, 186m, 207a, 208l, 208m, 229a, 230l, 230m, 253a, DI·57 5.3 262l, 262m, 287a, 288l, 288m, 315a, 316l, 316m, 345a, 346l, 346m, 363a, 364l, 364m, 383a, DI·57 5.4 392l, 392m, 411a, 412l, 412m, 435a, 436l, 457a, 458l, 458m, 483a, 484l, 484m, 503a, DI·57 5.5 512l, 512m, 535a, 536l, 536m, 559a, 560l, 560m, 581a, 582l, 603a, 604l, 604m, 625a, DI·57 5.6 634l, 634m, 653a, 654l, 654m, 673a, 674l, 674m, 699a, 700l, 700m, 725a, 726l, 726m, 753a, DI·57

2. Read regularly in instructional-level texts (texts in which no more than approximately 1 in 10 words is difficult for the reader).

5.1 18l, 41a, 42l, 67a, 68l, 89a, 90l, 111a, 112l, 133a, DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.2 142l, 161a, 162l, 185a, 186l, 207a, 208l, 229a, 230l, 253a, DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.3 262l, 287a, 288l, 315a, 316l, 345a, 346l, 363a, 364l, 383a, DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.4 392l, 411a, 412l, 435a, 436l, 457a, 458l, 483a, 484l, 503a, DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.5 512l, 535a, 536l, 559a, 560l, 581a, 582l, 603a, 604l, 625a, DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.6 634l, 653a, 654l, 673a, 674l, 699a, 700l, 725a, 726l, 753a, DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17

3. Read silently for increased periods of time.

5.1 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.2 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.3 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.4 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.5 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.6 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17



4. Increase reading through daily independent reading practice as monitored by the instructor through peer discussions, teacher conferences, response journals, etc.

5.1 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.2 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.3 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.4 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.5 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17 5.6 DI·57-DI·58, TR14-TR17

Standard 3: Comprehension/Critical Literacy-The student will interact with the words and concepts in the text to construct an appropriate meaning. 1. Literal Understanding a. Use prereading strategies independently (to preview, activate prior knowledge, predict content of text, formulate questions that might be answered by the text, and establish purpose for reading).

5.1 18-19, 20a, 22, 29, 30-34, 41, 44a, 68-69, 70a, 72, 79, 80-84, 92a, 114a 5.2 144a, 164a, 186-187, 188a, 190-197, 198-204, 206-207, 210a, 230-231, 232a, 234-241, 242-248, 253b 5.3 264a, 290a, 316-317, 318a, 320-327, 328-338, 340-345, 348a, 364-365, 366a, 377 5.4 394a, 412-413, 414a, 416-423, 424-432, 438a, 460a, 462, 469, 484-485, 486a 488-493, 494-498 5.5 512-513, 514a, 535, 538a, 562a, 584a, 606a 5.6 636a, 656a, 652-653, 676a, 702a, 726-727, 728a, 739, 743, 747

b. Read and comprehend both fiction and nonfiction that is appropriately designed for fifth grade.

5.1 66-67, 72-83, 94-107, 110-111, 134-137 5.2 166-178, 180-185, 190-203, 206-207, 212-223, 234-247, 254-257 5.3 266-279, 282-287, 292-309, 320-337, 350-357, 360-363, 384-387 5.4 350-357, 396-407, 410-411, 462-477, 480-483, 488-497, 504-507 5.5 532-535, 540-551, 554-559, 586-597, 600-603, 608-619, 626-629, 704-719 5.6 652-653, 670-673, 698-699, 754-757



c. Recognize main ideas presented in a particular segment of text; identify evidence that supports those ideas.

5.3 288l-288m, 288-289, 295, 299, 304-310, 313, 312-315,315b, 325, 335, 346l-346m, 346-347, 350-353, 354-358, 360-363, 363b 5.4 396-403 5.5 545 5.6 654l-654m, 654-655, 661, 658-663, 664-668, 673, 673b, 711, 717

d. Use the text's structure or progression of ideas such as cause and effect or chronology to organize or recall information.

5.1 27, 42l-42m, 42-43, 46-55, 56-64, 66-67, 67b 59, 112l-112m, 112-113, 116-123, 119, 124-128, 131, 133b 5.3 262-263, 266-273, 274-280, 350-353 5.5 582l-582m, 582-583, 589, 593, 603, 603b 5.6 638-645, 654-655, 658-663, 664-668, 726-727, 730-739, 740-748, 673b, 725b 725l, 750-753, 753b

2. Inferences and Interpretation a. Apply prior knowledge and experience to make inferences and respond to new information presented in text.

5.1 18-19, 20a, 22-29, 33, 41, 44a, 46, 55, 56-64, 70a, 92a, 114a 5.2 144a, 146, 153, 164a, 188a, 210a, 232a 5.3 264a, 290a, 318a, 348a, 364-365, 366a, 368-373, 374-378, 381 5.4 394a, 414a, 438a, 440, 447, 458-459, 460a, 486a, 514-515, 516-523, 524-530 5.5 512-513, 514a, 535, 538a, 562a, 584a, 606a 5.6 636a, 656a, 676a, 702a, 726-727, 728a, 730-739, 743, 740-748

b. Draw inferences and conclusions about text and support them with textual evidence and prior knowledge.

5.1 34, 64, 84, 108, 128 5.2 158, 178, 204, 224, 248 5.3 280, 310, 338, 358, 378 5.4 396-403, 404-408, 410-411, 411b, 432, 452, 462-469,478, 484-485, 486a, 488-493, 492-498, 500-503, 503b 5.5 512-513, 514a, 530, 552, 576, 598, 620 5.6 634l, 634-635, 638-645, 646-,650, 653b, 668, ,674l, 678-685, 686-696, 720, 730-739, 740-748



c. Describe elements of character development in written works (e.g., differences between main and minor characters; changes that undergo; the importance of a character’s actions, motives, stereotypes and appearance to plot and theme).

5.1 18l-18m, 18-19, 25, 29, 37, 41b, 49, 77 5.3 262 5.5 512l-512m, 512-513, 519, 525, 533, 535, 535b

d. Make inferences or draw conclusions about characters’ qualities and actions (e.g., based on knowledge of plot, setting, characters’ motives, characters’ appearances, stereotypes and other characters’ responses to a character).

5.1 18l-18m, 18-19, 25, 29, 37, 41b, 49, 77,108 5.5 512l-512m, 512-513, 519, 525, 533, 535, 535b

*e. Participate in creative response to text (e.g., art, drama, and oral presentation).

5.1 41a, 41d, 67a, 89a, 111a, 128,133a 5.2 161a, 185a, 207a, 229a, 253a 5.3 287a, 315a, 338, 345a, 363a, 378, 383a 5.4 411a, 432, 435a, 452, 457a, 483a, 503a 5.5 535a, 559a, 581a, 603a, 625a 5.6 653a, 673a, 699a, 725a, 753a

3. Summary and Generalization a. Summarize and paraphrase information from entire reading selection including the main idea and significant supporting details.

5.1 30-34, 36-41, 62, 90-103, 104-108, 110-111, 112-113, 116-123, 124-128, 133b 133 5.2 146-153, 154-158, 185g, 176, 202, 222, 242-248 5.3 288-289, 292-303, 304-310, 308, 315, 336, 356, 383 5.4 406, 430, 450, 476, 496 5.5 528, 550, 574, 581b, 582-583, 586-593, 596, 597, 600-603, 618, 625 5.6 648,673g, 666, 694, 718, 746

b. Make generalizations with information gleaned from text. 5.4 412l-412m, 412-413, 416-423, 419, 427, 429, 424-432, 434-435, 435b, 458l-458m, 458-459, 462-469, 470-478, 480-483, 483b, 493 5.5 604l-604m, 604-605, 608-615, 616-620 , 623, 625, 625b



c. Support ideas and arguments by reference to relevant aspects of text and issues across texts.

5.1 34, 41g-41h, 64, 67g-67h, 84, 89g-89h, 108, 111g-111h, 128, 133g-133h 5.2 158, 161g-161h, 178, 185g-185h, 204, 207g-207h, 224, 229g-229h, 248, 253g-253h 5.3 280, 287g-287h, 310, 313g-313h, 338, 343g-343h, 358, 361g-361h, 378, 381g-381h 5.4 408, 411g-411h, 432, 435g-435h, 452, 457g-457h, 478, 483b, 483g-483h, 498, 503g-503h 5.5 530, 535g-535h, 552, 559g-559h, 576, 581g-581h, 598, 603g-603h, 620, 625g-625h 5.6 650, 653g-653h, 668, 673g-673h, 696, 699g-699h, 720, 725g-725h, 748, 753g-753h

d. Organize text information in different ways (e.g., timeline, outline, graphic organizer) to support and explain ideas.

5.1 42, 90, 113 5.2 186, 208, 230-231, 234-241, 242-248, 250-253 5.3 273, 288, 346-347, 354-358 5.4 458, 488, 493, 726 5.5 512, 582, 604-605, 608-615, 617, 619, 625l, 625 5.6 634, 638, 645, 654, 673l, 674, 700, 725g-725h

4. Analysis and Evaluation a. Identify and analyze the characteristics of poetry, drama, fiction, and nonfiction and explain the appropriateness of the literary form chosen by an author for a specific purpose.

5.1 46-55, 67b, 66-67 5.2 151, 162l-162m, 162-163, 169, 175, 185b 5.3 262l-262m, 262-263, 269, 277, 283, 287b, 375 5.4 436l-436m, 445, 481 5.5 521, 560l-560m, 560-561, 567, 573, 579, 581b, 591

b. Identify the main problem or conflict of the plot and explain how it is resolved.

5.1 18l-18m, 18-19, 25, 22- 29, 39, 41b, 49, 61, 77 5.4 410-411 5.5 512l-512m, 512-513, 519, 525, 535, 535b



c. Contrast the actions, motives, and appearances of characters in a work of fiction and discuss the importance of the contrasts to the plot or theme.

5.1 18l-18m, 18-19, 25, 29, 37, 41b, 49, 77 5.2 86-89, 94-103, 158, 160b, 160-161, 250-253 5.3 282-287,340-345, 380-383 5.4 454-457, 480-483 5.5 512l-512m, 512-513, 519, 525, 533, 535, 535b, 554-559, 578-581, 600-603, 622-625 5.6 652-653, 670-673, 698-699

d. Make observations and connections, react, speculate, interpret, and raise questions in analysis of texts.

5.1 32, 76, 126, 90-103, 104-108, 5.2 142-143, 146-153, 154-158, 160-161,166, 172, 173, 190, 194, 197, 202, 208-209, 212, 219, 220-224, 234, 240, 241 5.3 278, 292, 303 308, 326, 356 5.4 392-393, 396-403, 492, 404-408, 416, 420, 423, 476 5.5 522, 540-547, 548-552, 554-559, 566, 571, 590, 608, 615, 5.6 644, 648, 694, 738, 674-675, 678-685, 686-696, 700-701, 704-713, 714-720, 730,739

e. Recognize structural patterns found in information text (e.g., cause and effect, problem/solution, sequential order).

5.1 27, 42l-42m, 42-43, 51, 57, 59, 90-91, 94-103, 105, 111b, 121, 112l-112m, 112-113, 116-123,119, 125, 131, 133b 5.2 173, 199, 230l-230m, 230-231, 239, 243, 253b 5.3 271,345b 5.5 540, 547, 582l-582m, 582-583, 589, 593, 603, 603b 5.6 641, 664-448, 726l-726m, 726-727, 733, 743, 751, 753b

f. Distinguish among facts/inferences supported by evidence and opinions in text.

5.2 208l-208m, 208-209, 212-219, 215, 220-224, 221d, 229, 229b 5.3 226-229, 292-303, 316l-316m, 316-317, 318-319, 320-327, 328-338, 345, 345b, 355 5.6 700l-700m, 700-701, 704-713, 714- 720, 722- 725, 725b



*5. Monitoring and Correction Strategies a. Monitor own reading and modify strategies as needed when understanding breaks down (e.g., rereading a portion aloud, using reference aids, searching for clues, and asking questions).

5.1 42-43, 55, 57, 63, 89l, 46-55, 56-64 5.2 162-163, 175, 177, 183, 185 174-178 5.4 436-437, 449, 451, 457, 440-447, 448-452, 454-457 5.5 536-537, 547, 560-561, 572, 573, 575, 581, 564-571 5.6 713, 715, 719

b. Predict, monitor, and -check for understanding using semantic, syntactic, and graphophonic cues.

5.1 22, 36, 46, 66, 72, 86, 94, 110, 116, 123, 130 5.2 146, 160, 166, 180, 190, 206, 212, 226, 234, 250 5.3 266, 282, 292, 312, 320, 340, 350, 353, 360, 368, 380 5.4 396, 410, 416, 434, 440, 454, 462, 480, 488, 500 5.5 516, 532, 540, 554, 564, 578, 586, 600, 608, 622 5.6 638, 652, 663, 658, 670, 678, 698, 685, 704, 722, 730, 750

c. Monitor and adjust reading rate according to the purpose for reading and the difficulty of the text.

5.1 41a, 67a, 89a, 111a 5.2 162-163, 207a, 229a, 253a 5.3 287a, 315a, 345a, 363a, 383a 5.4 411a, 435a, 457a, 483a, 503a, 455 5.5 535a, 559a, 560, 573, 579, 581a, 586, 593, 603a, 625a 5.6 653a, 661, 673a, 699a, 723, 725a, 753a

Standard 4: Literature-The student will read to contrast meaning and respond to a wide variety of literary forms. 1. Literary Genres-Demonstrate knowledge of and appreciation for various forms (genres) of literature. a. Recognize characteristics of literary genres and forms (e.g., contemporary realistic fiction, historical fiction, nonfiction, modern fantasy, poetry, drama and traditional stories such as fairy tales, fables, myths, and legends).

5.1 36-41, 66-67, 72-83, 86-89, 94-107, 110-111, 111g, 134-137 5.2 161b, 160-161, 166-177, 180-185, 190-203, 206-207, 212-223, 226-229, 234-247, 250-253, 254-257



5.3 266-279, 282-287, 292-309, 312-315, 320-337, 340-345, 350-357, 360-363, 380-383, 384-387 5.4 350-357, 396-407, 410-411, 434-435, 462-477, 480-483, 488-497, 500-503, 504-507 5.5 532-535, 540-551, 554-559, 578-581, 586-597, 600-603, 603b, 608-619, 626-629, 704-719 5.6 652-653, 670-673, 698-699, 699b, 722-725, 750-753, 754-757

b. Read and construct meaning from a variety of genres.

5.1 66-67, 72-83, 94-107, 110-111, 134-137 5.2 166-177, 180-185, 190-203, 206-207, 212-223, 234-247, 254-257 5.3 266-279, 282-287, 292-309, 320-337, 350-357, 360-363, 384-387 5.4 350-357, 396-407, 410-411, 462-477, 480-483, 488-497, 504-507 5.5 532-535, 540-551, 554-559, 586-597, 600-603, 608-619, 626-629, 704-719 5.6 652-653, 670-673, 698-699, 754-757

c. Demonstrate an understanding of similarities and differences within and among literary works of various genre and cultures (e.g., in terms of settings, character types, events, and role of natural phenomena).

5.1 66-67, 72-83, 94-107, 110-111, 134-137 5.2 166-177, 180-185, 190-203, 206-207, 212-223, 226-229, 234-247, 253, 254-257 5.3 266-279, 282-287, 292-309, 312-315, 320-337, 350-357, 360-363, 384-387 5.4 350-357, 396-407, 410-411, 434-435, 462-477, 480-483, 488-497, 504-507 5.5 532-535, 540-551, 554-559, 586-597, 600-603, 608-619, 626-629, 704-719 5.6 652-653, 670-673, 698-699, 754-757

2. Literary Elements-Demonstrate knowledge of literary elements and techniques and how they affect the development of a literary work. a. Develop a knowledge of the literary elements of fiction (plot, problems attempts to resolve conflicts, resolution, etc.) and the text structure of nonfiction (compare/contrast, cause/effect, sequence, main idea, and details).

5.1 18-19, 18l-18m, 25, 27, 29, 39, 41b, 42l-42m, 42-43, 49, 51, 57, 59, 61,68-69, 80-84, 89b, 77, 112-113, 112l-112m, 119, 125, 131, 133b 5.2 234-241 5.3 271 5.4 462-469, 470-478 5.5 512l-512m, 512-513, 514-515, 519, 524-530, 532- 535, 535b, 582l-582m, 582-583, 589, 593, 603, 603b 5.6 653b



b. Compare/contrast genres, themes, ideas, and story elements across texts read, listened to, or viewed.

5.1 36-41, 62, 67, 82, 89, 111, 133 5.2 161, 185, 186-187, 190-197, 198-204, 207b, 207, 218, 229, 246, 253 5.3 270, 287, 315, 345, 360-363, 372, 383 5.4 411, 435, 457, 468, 483, 496, 503 5.5 535b, 535, 542, 559, 560-561, 564-571, 581, 603, 618, 625 5.6 653, 662, 673, 678-685, 686-696, 698- 699, 699b, 718, 722-725, 746, 750-753

c. Identify the author’s purpose (persuade, inform, or entertain).

5.1 111b 5.2 146-153, 151, 162l-162m, 162-163, 166-173, 174-178, 185b, 229b 5.3 262l-262m, 262-263, 266-273, 274-280, 283, 282-287, 287b, 363b, 375 5.4 436l-436m, 445, 454-457, 480-483 5.5 514-515, 521, 560l-560m, 560-561, 567, 572-576, 578-581, 581b, 584-585, 591, 625b

d. Recognize and identify the writer's perspective or point of view in a literary selection (e.g., first person, second person) and how it affects the text.

5.1 41b, 111b, 136, 229b 5.2 185b, 221, 256 5.6 717

3. Figurative Language and Sound Devices-Identify figurative language and sound devices in writing and how they affect the development of a literary work. a. Identify and discuss certain words and rhythmic patterns that can be used in a selection to imitate sounds (e.g., rhythm, rhyme, alliteration).

5.2 239 5.3 361 5.4 410, 457b 5.6 698, 699



b. Evaluate and identify figurative language, such as simile, metaphors, hyperbole, personification, and idioms. Example: Simile: a comparison that uses like or as Example: Metaphor: an implied comparison Example: Hyperbole: an exaggeration for effect Example: Personification: a thing as a person Example: Idioms: An expression that does not mean what it literally says

5.1 58, 64 5.2 253b 5.3 287b 5.4 411b, 435b, 457b, 503b 5.5 595 5.6 683

c. Identify the function and effect of common literary devices, such as imagery, metaphor, and symbolism.

• Symbolism: the use of an object to represent something else; for example, a dove might symbolize peace.

5.2 193 5.3 277, 386 5.5 533 5.6 753b

• Imagery: the use of language to create vivid pictures in the reader's mind. 5.1 79, 89b 5.3 361, 362 5.4 411, 506 5.6 643, 753b

• Metaphor: an implied comparison in which a word or phrase is used in place of another, such as He was drowning in money.

5.3 287b 5.4 457b

d. Interpret poetry and recognize poetic styles (e.g., rhymed, free verse, and patterned [cinquain, diamante]).

5.1 134-137 5.2 234-247, 254-257 5.3 360-363, 384-387 5.4 410-411, 504-507 5.5 626-629 5.6 698-699, 754-757



*4. Literary Works-Read and respond to historically and culturally significant works of literature. Example: Compare and analyze literary works from various cultures.

5.1 72-83, 94-107, 130-133 5.2 166-177, 190-203 5.6 652-653, 730-747

Standard 5: Research and Information: The student will conduct research and organize information.

1. Accessing Information-Select the best source for a given purpose. a. Determine and use appropriate sources for accessing information including, dictionaries, thesaurus, electronic card catalogs and databases, magazines, newspapers, technology/Internet, encyclopedias, atlases, almanacs, tables of contents, glossaries, and indexes.

5.1 41k, 41l, 67k, 67l, 89k, 111k, 111l, 133k, 133l 5.2 161k, 161l, 185k, 185l, 207k, 207l, 229k, 229l 253k 5.3 287k, 315k, 345k, 363k, 363l, 383k 5.4 411k, 411l.435k, 435l, 457k, 457l, 483k, 483l, 503k 5.5 535k, 535l, 559k, 581k, 581l, 603k, 625k 5.6 653k, 673k, 699k, 725k, 725l, 753k

b. Identify and credit the sources used to gain information.

5.1 41k, 41l, 67k, 67l, 89k, 111k, 133k, 133l 5.2 161k, 161l, 185k, 207k, 229k, 253k 5.3 287k, 315k, 345k, 363k, 363l, 383k 5.4 411k, 435k, 457k, 483k, 483l, 503k 5.5 535k, 559k, 581k, 603k, 625k 5.6 653k, 673k, 699k, 725k, 725l, 753k

c. Use text features to access information (e.g., format, italics, heading subheadings, graphics, sequence, diagrams, illustrations, charts, and maps).

5.1 66, 86, 110, 130 5.2 160, 180, 206, 226, 250, 253l 5.3 282, 312, 340, 345l, 364-365, 368-373, 374-378,380, 383b, 383ll, 5.4 420-423, 434, 436-437, 440-447, 448-452, 454, 457b, 480, 500, 503l, 5.5 532, 554, 578, 600, 603l, 608-615, 622, 625l, 5.6 635d, 670, 699d, 722, 750



d. Use reference features of printed text, such as citations, endnotes, and bibliographies to locate relevant information about a topic.

5.1 66, 86, 110, 130 5.2 160, 180, 206, 226, 250 5.3 282, 312, 340, 380 5.4 434, 454, 480, 500 5.5 532, 554, 578, 600, 622 5.6 670, 722, 750

e. Use the features of informational texts, such as formats, graphics, diagrams, illustrations, charts, maps, and organization, to find information and support understanding. Example: Locate specific information in a social studies textbook by using its organization, sections on different world regions, and textual features, such as headers, maps, and charts.

5.1 66, 86, 110, 130 5.2 160, 180, 206, 226, 250 5.3 282, 312, 340, 380 5.4 434, 454, 480, 500 5.5 532,536-537, 540-547, 548-552, 554, 564-571, 578, 599b, 600, 603d, 622 5.6 670, 722, 726d, 750

f. Recognize and apply test-taking strategies by answering different levels of questions, such as literal, as well as multiple choice, true/false, short answer, inferential, evaluative, or open-ended.

5.1 34, 41, 64, 67, 84, 89, 108, 128, 133h, 133 5.2 158, 161, 182, 178, 204, 207,224, 248,252, 253h 5.3 280, 284, 310, 314, 338,342, 358, 362, 378, 383h 5.4 408, 432, 452, 478, 498, 503h 5.5 530, 535, 552, 559, 576, 581, 598, 603, 620, 625 5.6 650, 653, 668, 672, 696, 699, 720, 724, 748, 752

2. Interpreting Information-Analyze and evaluate information from a variety of sources. a. Follow multistep directions to accomplish a task (e.g., video games, computer programs, recipes).

5.2 161l 5.3 345b, 383b 5.4 411l 5.6 653l



b. Select a topic, formulate questions, and synthesize information from a variety of print, nonprint and technological resources (e.g., dictionaries, reference books, atlases, magazines, informational texts, thesaurus, and technology/Internet).

5.1 41k, 67k, 89k, 111k, 133k 5.2 161k, 185k, 207k, 229k, 253k 5.3 287k, 315k, 345k, 363k, 383k 5.4 411k, 435k, 457k, 483k, 503k 5.5 535k, 559k, 581k, 603k, 625k 5.6 653k, 673k, 674-675, 699k, 725k, 753k

c. Develop notes that include important information on a selected topic.

5.5 559l 5.6 673g-673h

d. Summarize information from multiple sources into a written report or summary.

5.1 112-113, 125, 127, 133 5.3 288-289, 303, 307, 309, 315, 383 5.5 582-583, 593, 597, 601, 625

e. Create simple documents using a computer and employing organizational features, such as passwords, entry and pull-down menus, word searches, the thesaurus, and spell checks.

5.1 WA6, 67k 5.2 WA6 5.3 WA6 5.4 WA6 5.5 WA6 5.6 WA6

Writing/Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will express ideas effectively in written modes for a variety of purposes and audiences. Standard 1: Writing Process-The student will use the writing process to write coherently. 1. Use the writing process to develop, extend, and refine composition skills. Example: Use a variety of prewriting activities, such as brainstorming clustering, illustrating, webbing, using graphic organizers, notes, and logs.

5.1 41h, 67h, 89h, 111h, 133h, WA3, WA8 5.2 161h, 185h,186l, 197, 203,207h, 229h, 253h, WA3, WA8



5.3 287h, 315h, 345h, 363h, 383h, WA3, WA8 5.4 411h, 435h, 457h, 483h, 503h, WA3, WA8 5.5 535h, 559h, 581h, 603h, 625h, WA3 5.6 653h, 673h, 699h, 725h, 753h, WA3, WA8

2. Select a focus and an organizational structure based upon purpose, audience, length, and required format and write one or more drafts by categorizing ideas, organizing them into paragraphs, and blending paragraphs into longer compositions.

5.1 33, 41h, 65, 67h, 85, 89h, 109, 111h, 129, 133h, WA4-WA5 5.2 159, 161g-161h, 179, 185g-185h, 205, 207h, 225, 229h, 253h, WA4-WA5 5.3 281, 287h, 311, 315g-315h, 339, 345h, 359, 363h, 379 383h, WA4-WA5 5.4 409, 411h, 433, 435h, 453, 457h, 479, 483h, 499, 503h, WA4-WA5 5.5 531, 535h, 553, 559h, 577, 581h, 599, 603h, 621, 625h, WA4-WA5 5.6 653h, 673h, 699h, 669, 697, 721, 725g- 725h, 749, 753h, WA4-WA5

3. Use common organizational structures for providing information in writing, such as chronological order, cause and effect, or similarity and difference, and posing and answering questions.

5.1 41h, 67h, 89h, 111h, 133h, WA4-WA5 5.2 161h, 185h, 207h, 229h, 253h, WA4-WA5 5.3 287h, 315h, 345h, 363h, 383h, WA4-WA5 5.4 411h, 435h, 457h, 483h, 503h, WA4-WA5 5.5 535h, 559h, 581h, 603h, 625h, WA4-WA5 5.6 651, 653h, 673h, 699h, 725g-725h, 753h, WA4-WA5

4. Edit drafts to ensure standard usage, mechanics, spelling, and varied sentence structure to improve meaning and clarity.

5.1 41h, 67h, 89h, 111h, 133h, WA6 5.2 161h, 185h, 207h, 229h, 253h, WA6 5.3 287h, 315h, 345h, 363h, 383h, WA6 5.4 411g-411h, 435h, 457h, 483h, 503h, WA6 5.5 535h, 559h, 581h, 603h, 625h, WA6 5.6 653g-653h, 673h, 699h, 725h, 753h, WA6

a. Proofread to edit one’s own writing, as well as that of others, using an editing checklist or set of rules, with specific examples of corrections of specific errors.




5. Review, evaluate, and revise selected drafts by adding, elaborating, deleting combining, and rearranging text for meaning and clarity.

5.1 41h, 67h, 89h, 111h, 133h, 161g, 185g, 207g, 253g,-253h,WA5, WA9 5.2 161h, 185h, 207h, 229h, 253h, WA5, WA9 5.3 287h, 315h, 345h, 363h, 383h, WA5, WA9 5.4 411h, 435h, 457g-457h, 483h, 503h, WA5, WA9 5.5 535g-535h, 559h, 581h, 603h, 625g-625h, WA5, WA9 5.6 653h, 673h, 699h, 725g -725h, 753h, 759g, WA5

6. Publish and share writing with peers and adults.

5.1 41h, 67h, 89h, 89k,111h,111k, WA7 5.2 161h, 161k, 185h,185k, 207h,207k, 229h,229k, 253k, WA7 5.3 287h, 287k,315h, 315k, 345h,345k, 363h,363k, 383k, WA7 5.4 411h, 411k,435h,435k, 457h,457k, 483h, 483k, 503k, WA7 5.5 535h, 535k,559h,559k, 581h,581k, 603h,603k, 625k,WA7 5.6 653h, 653k,673h,673k, 699h,699k, 725h,725k, 753h,753k, WA7

Standard 2: Modes and Forms of Writing-The student will communicate through a variety of written forms and for various purposes and to a specific audience or person. 1. Communicate through a variety of written forms and for various audiences to inform, persuade, entertain, instruct, and describe, while adjusting tone and style as appropriate. Example: Write a skit to present at your class talent show. Use funny words and phrases to make the audience laugh or convincing statements that might persuade them to support a particular idea.

specific audience 5.1 18, 2141g-41h, 45, 68, 89g-89h, 89, 93,109,111g-111h, 129, 133h 5.2 142, 145, 159, 161g-161h, 165, 179, 185g-185h, 205, 207, 211, 225, 229g-229h, 233, 249, 253g-253h, WA2-WA9 5.3 281, 287g-287h, 291, 310, 311, 315g-315h, 316, 338, 345g-345h, 349, 359, 363g-363h, 364, 367, 378, 379, 383g-383h, 383, WA2-WA9 5.4 395, 409, 411g, 415, 435g, 457h, 457, 479, 483g-483h, 483, 484, 487, 503g-503h 5.5 515, 531, 535g-535h, 536, 539, 552, 553, 559g-559h, 559, 563, 577h, 581g-581h, 581, 585, 598, 599, 602, 603g-603h, 620, 621, 625g-625h, WA2-WA9 5.6 637, 651, 653g-653h, 653, 657 669, 673g-673h, 673, 697,699g-699h, 699l, 699, 721, 725h, 729, 749, 753g-753h, WA2-WA9



2. Write narratives (stories) that establish a plot, point of view, setting, conflict, and are written to allow a reader to picture the events of a story. Example: Select a type of narrative to write that is modeled after a mode of literature that has been shared in the classroom such as folktale, myth, science fiction, or mystery. Be sure to include an interesting beginning, develop the central conflict of the story, and establish an ending that resolves the conflict.

5.1 65, 67g-67h, 71, 89h, 111h, 115, 133g-133h, WA2-WA9 5.2 161h, 185h, 189, 207g-207h 5.3 287h, 345g-345h, 363h, 383h 5.4 411h, 435g-435h, 457g-457h, WA2-WA9 5.5 535h 5.6 673h, 703, 725h

3. Use figurative language when appropriate (alliteration, personification, simile, and metaphor) and varied word choice to make writing interesting (e.g., inquired or requested instead of asked).

5.1 41g, 65, 67g-67h, 89g, 109, 111g-111h, 129, 133g-133h, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.2 161g, 185g, 207g, 225, 229g-229h, 253g, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.3 287g, 315g, 345g, 359, 363g-363h, 383g, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.4 411g, 411, 435g, 453, 457g-457h, 483g, 499, 503g-503h, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.5 535g, 553, 559b, 559g-559h, 581g, 603g, 625g, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.6 653e-653f, 653g, 673g, 699g, 725g, 753g, WA1, WA5, WA7

4. Write personal, persuasive, formal, business letters, thank-you notes, and invitations, including the date, greeting, body, closing, and signature.

5.1 89g-89h 5.2 161 5.3 265 5.4 483g 5.5 603g-603h

5. Write informational pieces with multiple paragraphs that: a. provide an introductory paragraph.

5.1 111g-111h 5.2 161g-161h, 185g-185h, 229g-229h, WA2-WA9 5.3 315g-315h, 345g, 383g-383h, WA2-WA9 5.4 436 5.5 559g-559h, 581g-581h, 607 5.6 653g-653h, 673g-673h, 677, 753g-753h, WA2-WA9



b. establish and support a central theme or idea with a thesis statement. 5.1 111g-111h 5.2 161g-161h, 185g-185h, 207g, 229g-229h, WA2-WA9 5.3 315g-315h, 383g-383h, WA2-WA9 5.5 559g-559h, 581g-581h 5.6 653g-653h, 673g-673h, 753g-753h, WA2-WA9

c. include supporting paragraphs with simple facts, details, and explanations.

5.1 111g-111h 5.2 161g-161h, 185g-185h, 229g-229h, WA2-WA9 5.3 319, 320, 327, 315g-315h, 383g-383h, WA2-WA9 5.5 559g-559h, 581g-581h 5.6 653g-653h, 673g-673h, 753g-753h, WA2-WA9

d. present important ideas and events in sequence or in chronological order.

5.1 111g-111h 5.2 161g-161h, 185g-185h, 229g-229h, WA2-WA9 5.3 315g-315h, 383g-383h, WA2-WA9 5.5 559g-559h, 581g-581h 5.6 653g-653h, 673g-673h, 753g-753h, WA2-WA9

e. provide details and transitions to link paragraphs.

5.1 111g-111h 5.2 161g-161h, 185g-185h, 229g-229h, 253g, WA2-WA9 5.3 315g-315h, 345g, 383g-383h, WA2-WA9 5.5 559g-559h, 581g-581h 5.6 653g-653h, 673g-673h, 753g-753h, WA2-WA9

f. conclude with a paragraph that summarizes the points.


g. use correct indention at the beginning of paragraphs.




6. Write research reports about important ideas, issues, or events that: a. frame questions about an idea or issue to direct the investigation.

5.1 41l, 67l, 89l, 111l, 133l 5.2 161l, 185l, 207l, 229l, 253l 5.3 287l, 315l, 345l, 363l, 383l 5.4 411l, 435l, 457l, 483l, 503l 5.5 535l, 559l, 581l, 603l, 625l 5.6 653l, 673l, 699l, 725l, 753l, WA2-WA9

b. establish a main idea or topic.

5.6 WA2-WA9 c. develop the topic with simple facts, details, examples, and explanations to support the main idea.

5.6 WA2-WA9 d. use a variety of information sources, including speakers, firsthand interviews, reference materials, and online information.

5.1 41l, 67l, 89l, 111l, 133l 5.2 161l, 185l, 207l, 229l, 253l 5.3 287l, 315l, 345l, 363l, 383l 5.4 411l, 435l, 457l, 483l, 503l 5.5 535l, 559l, 581l, 603l, 625l 5.6 653l, 673l, 699l, 725l, 753l, WA2-WA9

7. Write responses to literature that: a. demonstrate an understanding of a designated literary work.

5.1 34, 64, 84, 108, 128, 133h 5.2 158, 178, 204, 224, 248, 253h 5.3 280, 287, 358, 310, 338, 358, 378, 383h 5.4 392, 408, 432, 452, 470, 478, 498, 503h 5.5 530, 552, 576, 598, 620 5.6 650, 668, 696, 720, 748

b. support judgments through references to the text and connections to prior knowledge.

5.1 34, 64, 84, 108, 128, 133h 5.2 158, 178, 204, 224, 248, 253h 5.3 280, 310, 338, 358, 378, 383h 5.4 408, 432, 452, 478, 498, 503h 5.5 530, 552, 576, 598, 620 5.6 650, 668, 696, 720, 748



c. develop interpretations and evaluations that exhibit careful reading and understanding.

5.1 34, 64, 84, 108, 128, 133h 5.2 158, 178, 204, 224, 248, 253h 5.3 280, 310, 338, 358, 378, 383h 5.4 408, 432, 439, 452, 478, 498, 503h 5.5 530, 552, 576, 598, 604, 620 5.6 650, 668, 696, 720, 748

8. Write persuasive compositions or letters that: a. state a clear position in support of a proposal.

5.5 535g-535h, 603g-603h, 625g-625h, WA2-WA9 b. support a position with relevant evidence and effective emotional appeals in order to persuade.

5.5 535g-535h, 603g-603h, 625g-625h, WA2-WA9 c. organize supporting statements from the most appealing to the least powerful.

5.5 535g-535h, 603g-603h, 625g-625h, WA2-WA9 d. include and address reader concerns. Example: Interview several students in varying grades about the changes they would like to see in the monthly cafeteria menu choices. Compile the opinions and ideas to compose a persuasive article for the school newspaper.

5.5 535g-535h, 603g-603h, 625g-625h, WA2-WA9

Standard 3: Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will demonstrate appropriate practices in writing by applying Standard English conventions to the revising and editing stages of writing. 1. Grammar/Usage: Students are expected to recognize and use nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, and conjunctions in their writing.

a. Singular and plural forms of nouns 5.2 161e-161f

b. Subject, object, reflexive, and possessive pronouns

5.4 411e-411f, 435e-435f, 457e-457f, 483e-483f, 503e-503f



c. Subject, direct object, and object of prepositions 5.3 383e-383f

d. Present, past, future, and present perfect verbs tense

5.2 229e 5.3 287e-287f, 287g, 315f, 345e-345f, 363e-363f

e. Subject-verb agreement

5.2 253e-253f 5.3 315e-315f

f. Descriptive, comparative, superlative, and demonstrative adjectives.

5.5 559e-559f, 581e-581f, 603e-603f, 625e-625f 5.6 653e-653f

g. Time, place, and manner adverbs

5.5 625e-625f 5.6 653e-653f

h. Comparative forms of adverbs

Related Content: 5.5 625e-625f 5.6 653e-653f

2. Mechanics: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate language mechanics in writing. a. Capitalize correctly proper nouns such as titles of books, magazines newspapers, stories, titles of respect, works of art, regions of the country political parties, organizations, and state colleges and universities.

5.1 133e-133f

b. Capitalize correctly proper adjectives. Related Content: 5.1 133e-133f

c. Capitalize correctly conventions of letter writing.

Related Content: 5.1 133e-133f



3. Punctuation: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate punctuation in writing. a. Parentheses

5.1 123

b. Quotation marks 5.1 40 5.4 411k 5.5 581g 5.6 725e-725f

c. Terminal punctuation

5.1 41e-41f

d. Apostrophes in contractions and possessives 5.1 133i-133j 5.2 185e-185f 5.5 535e-535f

e. Conventions of letter writing

Related Content: 5.1 89g-89h 5.4 461 5.5 603g-603h

f. Colons, semicolons, and commas

5.1 40 5.3 333 5.6 699e-699f, 753e-753f

4. Sentence Structure: The student will demonstrate appropriate sentence structure in writing. a. Create interesting sentences using words that describe, explain, or provide additional details and connections, such as adjectives, adverbs, appositives, participial phrases, prepositional phrases, modifiers, pronouns, and conjunctions.

5.1 41e-41g, 65, 67g-67h, 89e-89f, 89g, 109, 111e-111f, 111g-111h, 129, 133g-133h, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.2 161g, 185g, 207g, 225, 229g-229h, 253g, WA1, WA5, WA7



5.3 287g, 315g, 345g, 359, 363g-363h, 383e-383f, 383g, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.4 411g, 435g, 453, 457g-457h, 483g, 499, 503g-503h, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.5 535g, 553, 559g-559h, 581g, 603g, 625g, WA1, WA5, WA7 5.6 653g, 673e-673f, 673g, 699g, 725g, 753g, WA1, WA5, WA7

b. Correct sentence fragments and run-ons.

5.1 111f

5. Spelling: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate application of spelling knowledge to the revising and editing stages of writing. a. Spell previously misspelled words correctly in final writing products.

5.1 41h, 41i-41j,67h, 89h, 89i-89j, 111h, 133h, WA6 5.2 161h, 185h, 207h, 229h, 253h, 253i-253j, WA6 5.3 287h, 315h, 315i-315j,345h,345i-345j, 363h, 383h, WA6 5.4 411h, 411i-411j,435h,435i-435j, 457h, 483h, 503h,503i-503j, WA6 5.5 535h, 559h, 559i-559j,581h, 603h, 625h, WA6 5.6 653h, 673h, 673i-63j, 699h, 725h, 753h, WA6

b. Spell correctly roots, inflections (e.g.,-s/es,-ing,-ly,-en-er), suffixes

(e.g.,-ment,-ture,-ate,-able,-sion,-tion), and prefixes (e.g., dis-, in-, un-, re- mis-, pre-), and syllable constructions (e.g., grad.u.a.tion).

5.1 67k, 67j, 111i, 111j 5.2 161i-161j, 185-185j, 207i-207j, 229i-229j, 287i-287j 5.3 287j, 363j, 363k, 383i-383j 5.4 435i-435j, 483i-483j, 503i-503j 5.5 535i-535j, 603i-603j, 625i-625j 5.6 653i-653j, 673j, 693j, 699i, 725i-725j

c. Spell homophones correctly according to usage (e.g., to, too, two; there, their, they’re) and other words that are commonly misspelled in the English language (e.g., until, our).

5.3 315j, 363j 5.4 457i-457j 5.6 753i-753j

d. Use word reference materials including glossary, dictionary, thesaurus encyclopedia, and technology to check and correct spelling.

5.1 70-71, DI.24 5.2 DI·15 5.5 538-539, 549 5.6 636-637, 645, DI·5



6. Handwriting: Students are expected to demonstrate appropriate handwriting in the writing process. Example: Use handwriting/penmanship to copy and/or compose text writing smoothly and legibly in cursive, forming letters and words that can be read by others.

5.1 TR10-TR13 5.2 TR10-TR13 5.3 TR10-TR13 5.4 TR10-TR13 5.5 TR10-TR13 5.6 TR10-TR13

Oral Language/Listening and Speaking: The student will demonstrate thinking skills in listening and speaking. *Standard 1: Listening: The student will listen for information and for pleasure. 1. Interpret a speaker’s verbal and nonverbal message, purpose, and perspective.

5.1 18l-18m, 42l-42m, 68l-68m, 90l-90m, 112l-112m 5.2 142l-142m, 161d, 162l-162m, 186l-186m, 208l-208m, 229d, 230l-230m 5.3 262l-262m, 288l-288m, 316l-316m, 346l-346m, 364l-364m 5.4 392l-392m, 412l-412m, 435d, 436l-436m, 458l-458m, 484l-484m 5.5 512l-512m, 536l-536m, 560l-560m, 582l-582m, 604l-604m 5.6 634l-634m, 654l-654m, 674l-674m, 700l-700m, 726l-726m

2. Listen critically and respond appropriately to oral communication to seek information not already discussed.

5.1 18m, 34, 41d, 64, 84, 108, 111d, 133d 5.2 158, 178, 185d, 204, 224, 248, 253d 5.3 280, 287d, 310, 338, 345d, 358, 363d, 378 5.4 408, 432, 452, 457d, 478, 483d, 498 5.5 530, 552, 576, 581d, 598, 620 5.6 650, 668, 696, 720, 748, 753d



*Standard 2: Speaking-The student will express ideas and opinions in group or individual situations. 1. Speak articulately and audibly before a group using appropriate delivery (enunciation, volume, timing, and gestures) and language skills (pronunciation, word choice, and usage).

5.1 67d, 111d 5.2 161d, 185d, 207d, 253d 5.3 287d, 345d 5.4 435d, 457d, 503d 5.5 535d, 603d, 625d 5.6 653d, 673d, 699d, 725d, 753d

2. Present effective introductions and conclusions that guide and inform the listener’s understanding of important ideas and details by clarifying and supporting spoken ideas with evidence and examples.

5.1 41a, 67a, 89a, 111a, 133a 5.2 161a, 185a, 207a, 229a, 253a 5.3 287a, 315a, 345a, 345d, 363a, 383a 5.4 411a, 435a, 457a, 483a, 503a 5.5 535a, 559a, 581a, 603a, 625a 5.6 653a, 673a, 699a, 725a, 753a

3. Use traditional structures for conveying information, including cause and effect, similarity and difference, and posing and answering a question.

5.1 103, 105, 107, 133d 5.2 161d, 208-209, 227, 229d 5.5 547, 551, 557, 559, 625d 5.6 673d, 700-701, 713, 715, 719, 722

4. Engage the audience with appropriate words, phrasing, facial expressions, and gestures.

5.1 67d, 111d 5.2 161d, 185d, 207d, 253d 5.3 345d, 383d 5.4 435d, 457d, 503d 5.5 535d, 603d, 625d 5.6 653d, 673d, 699d, 725d, 753d



5. Deliver narrative (story) presentations that establish a situation, develop a plot, point of view, and setting with descriptive words and phrases.

5.1 41d, 67d 5.2 207d 5.6 653d, 699d, 753d

6. Deliver informative presentations about an important topic, issue, or event that frames a question to guide the investigation, establishes a central idea or topic, and develops that topic appropriately.

informational speech 5.1 111d 5.2 185d, 253d 5.3 315d, 363d 5.4 411d, 435d, 483d 503d 5.5 559d, 581d 5.6 725d

7. Deliver oral responses to literature that summarizes important events and details, demonstrates an understanding of several ideas communicated in the work, and uses examples from the literature to support conclusions.

5.1 18l, 41d, 67d 5.2 207d, 253d 5.5 603d 5.6 653d, 699d, 725d

*Standard 3: Group Interaction-The student will use effective communication strategies in pairs and small group context. 1. Show respect and consideration for others in verbal and physical communication.

5.1 34, 41d, 64, 84, 108, 111d 5.2 158, 178, 204, 224, 248 5.3 280, 310, 338, 345d, 358, 378 5.4 408, 432, 452, 457d, 478, 498 5.5 530, 552, 576, 598, 620 5.6 650, 668, 696, 720, 748, 753d



2. Demonstrate thinking skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. For example, students are expected to gather information, organize and analyze it, and generate a written or oral report that conveys ideas clearly and relates to the background and interest of the audience.

5.2 185d 5.3 363d 5.4 435d 5.5 559d

Visual Literacy: The student will interpret, evaluate, and compose visual messages. *Standard 1: Interpret Meaning-The student will interpret and evaluate the various ways visual image-makers, including graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers, represent meaning. 1. Distinguish fact, opinion, and fiction in print and nonprint media.

5.2 208l-208m, 208-209, 215, 221d, 229, 229b 5.3 301, 316l-316m, 316-317, 323, 329, 333, 345, 345b, 355 5.6 700l-700m, 700-701, 707, 715, 725, 725b

2. Interpret and describe important events and ideas gathered from maps, charts, graphics, video segments, or technology presentation.

5.5 536-537 5.3 383l 5.4 503d 5.6 725l

*Standard 2: Evaluate Media-The student will evaluate visual and electronic media, such as film, as compared with print messages.

1. Interpret and evaluate the various ways visual image-makers, such as graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers represent meaning.

5.1 67d, 89d, 133d 5.2 207b, 207d, 229d 5.3 315b, 315d, 371, 375, 383d 5.4 411d 5.5 559d, 603d, 625d 5.6 653d, 699d, 725d




2. Compare and contrast print, visual, and electronic media, such as film, with a written story.

5.1 41k, 67k, 89k, 111k, 133k 5.2 161k, 185k, 207k, 229k, 253k 5.3 287k, 315k, 345k, 363k, 383k 5.4 411k, 435k, 457k, 483k, 503k 5.5 535k, 559k, 581k, 603k, 625k 5.6 653k, 673k, 699k, 725k, 753k

3. Listen to, view, or read literature which tells of characters in American and other cultures.

5.1 72-83, 94-107, 130-133 5.2 166-177, 190-203 5.6 652-653, 681, 730-747

4. Analyze media as sources for information, entertainment, persuasion, interpretation of events, and transmission of culture.

5.1 67d, 89d, 133d 5.2 207d, 229d 5.3 287l, 315d, 383d 5.4 411d 5.5 559d, 603d, 625d 5.6 653d, 699d, 699, 725d, 753l

*Standard 3: Compose Visual Messages-The student will create a visual message that effectively communicates an idea and produce communications using appropriate technology or media (e.g., developing a class newspaper, videos, or multimedia projects).

5.1 41k, 111d 5.3 315d, 383d 5.4 503d 5.6 725d



Grade Six Reading/Literature: The student will apply a wide range of strategies to comprehend, interpret, evaluate, appreciate, and respond to a wide variety of texts. Standard 1: Vocabulary-The student will develop and expand knowledge of words and word meanings to increase vocabulary. 1. Words in Context a. Use knowledge of word parts and word relationships, as well as context clues (the meaning of the text around a word), to determine the meaning of technical and specialized vocabulary and to understand the precise meaning of grade level-appropriate words in fiction and nonfiction texts.

6.1 18l, 20b, 20-21, 27, 35, 41c, 42l, 53, 61, 65c, 66l, 68-69, 75, 77, 87c, 83, 87c, 112l, 123, 131, 137c 6.2 146l, 157,161, 167c, 168c, 170b, 170-171, 181, 187, 193c, 194l, 196b, 205, 213, 219c, 220l, 222-223, 224-233, 231, 237, 243c, 243c, 246b 6.3 274l, 276b,276-277,287,291,297c, 297c 298l,307,315, 321c,324-325, 324b,326-333, 332l, 334-340, 345c, 346l, 363, 371c, 372l, 374-375, 376-385, 386-396, 395, 399c 6.4 410b, 410-411, 412-421, 429c, 430l, 441, 447, 455c, 456l, 458-459, 467, 468-474, 477c, 478l, 480-481, 480b,489, 493, 499c, 500l, 502b, 502-503, 504, 513, 514-522, 527c 6.5 538-539, 545, 551, 557, 561c, 536l, 564-565, 562l, 564b, 566-573, 571, 573, 577, 581c, 582l 584-585, 584b, 591, 593, 595, 599c, 600l, 602-603, 609, 610-614, 619c, 620l, 622b, 631, 637, 643c, 692-596 6.6 652l, 663, 664-668, 674-675, 671c, 674-675, 684-692, 697c, 700-701, 709, 723c, 739, 749c, 749h, 752-753, 769c, 700b, 702-711, 726-727, 736-744

b. Use prior experience and context to analyze and explain the figurative use of words, similes (comparisons that use like or as: The Snowplow Reared Up Like a Stallion), metaphors (implied comparisons: Peace is a Sunrise), and multiple meaning words.

6.2 202 6.3 290, 313, 321b 6.4 480-481, 489, 499c 6.5 643b 6.6 700-701, 709, 723c, 739, 749c, 757


Scott Foresman Reading Street - Grade Six Oklahoma Priority Academic Student Skills

2. Word Origins a. Recognize the origins and meanings of foreign words frequently used in English. Example: Understand foreign words that are often used in English such as spaghetti (Italian) and rodeo (Spanish).

Related Content: 6.1 20, 41c, 44-45, 57, 65c 6.2 148-149, 157, 167c, 245-247 6.4 502-503, 515, 527c 6.6 654-655, 665, 671c

b. Apply knowledge of root words to determine the meaning of unknown words within a passage.

6.1 20, 44-45, 57, 65c 6.2 148-149, 157, 167c, 245-247,256-262 6.4 502-503, 515, 527c 6.6 654-655, 665, 671c

c. Use word origins, including knowledge of less common roots (graph = writing, logos = the study of) and word parts (auto = self, bio = life) from Greek and Latin to analyze the meaning of complex words (autograph, autobiography, biology).

6.1 20, 44-45, 57, 54-62, 65c 6.2 146f-146g, 148-149, 157, 167c, 246-247, 265c 6.4 502-503, 515, 527c 6.6 654-655, 665, 671c

*3. Using Resource Materials and Aids a. Determine the meanings, pronunciation, and derivations of unknown words by using a glossary, dictionary, and/or thesaurus.

6.1 90-91, 114-115 6.2 65l, 243l, 148b, 196-197, 206-215, 219c 6.4 432-433, 442-448, 443, 455c, 456-457 6.5 622-623, 632-638, 643c 6.6 654b, 674b, 736-744, 752b

b. Relate dictionary definitions to context of the reading in order to aid understanding.

6.2 236 6.4 432b, 432-433



*Standard 2: Fluency-The student will identify words rapidly so that attention is directed at the meaning of the text. 1. Read regularly in independent-level texts (texts in which no more than approximately 1 in 10 words is difficult for the reader) fluently and accurately, and with appropriate timing, change in voice, and expression.

6.1 18l, 41a, 42l, 65a, 66l, 87a, 88l, 111a, 112l, 137a, DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.2 146l, 167a, 168l, 193a, 194l, 219a, 220l, 243a, 244l, 265a, DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.3 274l, 297a, 298l, 321a, 322l, 345a, 346l, 371a, 372l, 399a, DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.4 408l, 429a, 430l, 455a, 456l, 477a, 478l, 499a, 500l, 527a, DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.5 562l, 581a, 582l, 599a, 600l, 619a, 620l, 643a, DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.6 672l, 697a, 698l, 723a, 724l, 749a, 750l, 749a, DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17

2. Read regularly in instructional-level texts (texts in which no more than approximately 1 in 10 words is difficult for the reader; a "typical" sixth grader reads approximately 120 words per minute).

6.1 DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.2 DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.3 DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.4 DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.5 DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17 6.6 DI·57, DI·58, TR14-TR17

3. Increase silent reading speed through daily independent reading.


4. Read silently for increased periods of time.




Standard 3: Comprehension/Critical Literacy-The student will interact with the words and concepts in the text to construct an appropriate meaning. Read and understand grade-level-appropriate material. Describe and connect the essential ideas, arguments, and perspectives of the text by using the knowledge of text structure, organization, and purpose. At Grade 6, in addition to regular classroom reading, students read a variety of grade level-appropriate narrative (story) and expository (informational and technical) texts, including classic and contemporary literature, poetry, magazines, newspapers, reference materials, and online information as well as expository (informational and technical) texts. 1. Literal Understanding a. Use prereading strategies independently (to preview, activate prior knowledge, predict content of text, formulate questions that might be answered by the text, establish purpose for reading).

6.1 20a, 22, 23, 27, 38, 44a, 46, 47, 53, 64, 66m, 66, 68a, 70, 71, 77, 86, 90a, 92, 93, 108-111, 112, 114a, 116, 117 123 6.2 146l, 148a, 150, 151, 164, 168l, 168-169, 170a, 172-181, 182-188, 190-193, 196a, 198, 199, 205, 217, 220-221, 222a, 224-233, 234-238, 240 -243, 246a, 248, 249, 255, 264-265 6.3 274l, 276a, 278, 279, 287, 294, 298l, 300a, 302, 303, 307, 318, 322l, 324a, 326, 327, 342, 348a, 350, 351, 366-371, 374a, 376, 377, 385, 398-399 6.4 408m, 410a, 412, 413, 421, 428, 430l, 432a, 434, 435, 441, 450, 458a, 460, 461, 467, 473, 476, 480a, 482, 483, 489, 496, 500l, 502a, 504, 505, 525 6.5 538a, 540, 541, 560, 562l, 564a, 566, 567, 580, 584a, 586, 587, 598, 600l, 602a, 604, 605, 609, 616, 620l, 622a, 624, 631, 640, 711 6.6 652l, 654a, 656, 657, 670, 674a, 676, 677, 683, 694, 700a, 702, 703, 720, 726a, 724l, 728, 729, 735, 746, 750l, 752a, 754, 755, 757, 764-769

b. Read and comprehend both fiction and nonfiction that is appropriately designed for sixth grade.

6.1 22-35, 38-41, 42m,46-65, 70-83, 92-105, 108-111, 116-131, 134-137, 138-141, 146m 6.2 150-161, 164-167, 172-187, 190-193, 198-213, 224-237, 240-243, 248-261, 264-265, 266-269 6.3 278-291, 294-297, 302-315, 318-321, 350-363, 366-371, 376-395, 398-399, 400-403 6.4 412-425, 428-429, 434-447, 451-455, 460-473, 476-477, 482-493, 504-521, 524-527, 528-531 6.5 540-557, 560-561, 566-577, 580-581, 586-595, 598-599, 604-613, 624-637, 640-643, 644-647 6.6 656-667, 676-691, 702-717, 720-723, 728-743, 754-761, 764-769, 770-773



c. Recognize main ideas presented in a particular segment of text; identify and assess evidence that supports those ideas. Example: Use a graphic organizer to compare an advertisement to the actual product label

6.2 146g-146g, 146l-146m, 146-147, 153, 159, 161, 165, 167b, 168f-168g, 168l-168m, 168-169, 175, 182-188, 193, 193b, 244l-244m, 253 6.4 417 6.5 600-601, 604-609, 617, 619b

d. Use the text's structure or progression of ideas, such as cause and effect or chronology to locate or recall information.

6.1 31 6.2 193, 229 6.3 274l-274m, 274-275, 281, 289, 295, 297b, 322l-322m, 322-323, 329, 337, 345, 345b, 361, 387, 393 6.4 408l-408m, 408-409, 415, 423, 429, 429b, 456l-456m, 456-457, 463, 471, 477, 477b, 487, 509, 519 6.5 547, 553, 575, 582-583, 582l-582m, 589, 591, 599, 599b, 600l-600m, 609, 620-621, 620l-620m, 627, 635, 641, 643b 6.6 672l-672m

2. Inferences and Interpretation a. Draw inferences and conclusions about text and support them with textual evidence and prior knowledge.

6.1 20a, 36, 62, 66l-66m, 68a, 84, 88l-88m, 90a, 106, 112-113, 114a 132 6.2 132, 146l-146m, 148a, 162, 1701, 188, 194l-194m, 196a, 215, 222a, 238, 243k, 244l, 246a, 262, 264-265, 265k 6.3 276a, 292, 298l-298m, 300a, 302-307, 316, 322l-322m, 324a, 340, 348a, 364, 372-373, 372l-372m, 374a, 379, 376-385, 386-396, 399b 6.4 410a, 426, 430-431, 432a, 434-441, 448, 456-457, 458a, 460-467, 468- 474, 478l-478m, 478-479, 480, 482-489, 491, 494, 497, 499b, 502a, 522 6.5 536l-536m, 538a,558, 560-561, 562-563, 564a, 566-573, 574-578, 584a, 596, 602a 614, 622a, 638 6.6 654a, 668, 672-673, 674a, 676-683, 684-692, 697b, 700a, 707, 715, 718, 724l-724m, 724-725, 726a, 728-735, 736-744, 747, 749b, 758-762

b. Make inferences or draw conclusions about characters’ qualities and actions (i.e., based on knowledge of plot, setting, characters’ motives, characters’ appearances, other characters’ responses to a character).

6.1 18, 42l-42m, 42-43, 46-53, 54-62, 65b, 79 6.4 456l-456m



*c. Interpret and respond creatively to literature (e.g., art, drama, oral presentations, and Reader's Theater).

6.1 18j 34, 88m, 112m 6.2 167b, 168m, 194m, 220j, 220l, 220m, 244m 6.3 298m, 322m,346j, 346m, 372j, 399d 6.4 456m, 478j, 500m 6.5 536m, 562m, 582j, 582m, 600m, 620m 6.6 652m, 672m, 698j, 698m, 724m, 750m, 676-683

3. Summary and Generalization a. Summarize and paraphrase information including the main idea and significant supporting details of a reading selection.

6.1 42-43, 46-53, 54-62, 59, 61, 65, 66-67, 70-77, 78-89 81, 83 6.2 244-245, 248-255, 256-262, 259, 261, 265 6.4 408-409, 412-421, 422-426

b. Make generalizations based on information gleaned from text.

6.2 155 6.3 298l-298m, 298-299, 302-307, 308-316, 321, 321b, 331, 346l-346m, 346-347, 350-357, 358-369, 371, 371b 6.5 616-619, 754-757 6.6 750l-750m, 750-751, 757, 765, 769, 769b

c. Support reasonable statements and conclusions by reference to relevant aspects of text and examples.

6.1 36, 62, 84, 106, 132 6.2 162, 188, 215, 238, 262 6.3 292, 316, 340, 364, 396 6.4 426, 428-429, 448, 450-455, 474, 494, 522 6.5 558, 578, 596, 614, 638 6.6 668, 692, 718, 744, 762

d. Clarify understanding of text information in different ways (e.g., timelines outlines, graphic organizer) to support and explain ideas.

6.1 18, 42, 66, 88-89, 92-99, 100-106, 111k, 112 6.2 146, 168, 194, 219, 220, 244 6.3 274, 298, 322, 346l, 346, 350, 357, 371, 372l, 372, 399 6.4 408, 408l, 429, 430, 456, 456l, 477, 478 6.5 536, 536l, 540, 551,562, 582-583, 582l, 592-596, 599, 600, 620 6.6 652, 672-673, 672l, 674a, 676-683, 683, 684- 692, 695, 697l, 698, 698l, 724, 750, 768



4. Analysis and Evaluation

a. Evaluate the believability of a character and the impact they have on the plot.

Related Content: 6.1 42l-42m, 42-43, 49, 55, 59, 65b, 79 6.4 456l-456m

b. Analyze the main problem or conflict of the plot; the effect of the qualities of the characters and explain how the conflict is resolved.

6.3 285 6.5 536l-536m, 536-537, 540-551, 552-558, 561, 561b

c. Contrast the actions, motives, and appearances of characters in a work of fiction and discuss the importance of the contrasts to the plot or theme.

6.1 42l-42m, 42-43, 49, 55, 59, 65b, 66-67, 79, 87b, 78-84, 134-137 6.3 190-193, 285, 294-297, 366-371 6.4 456l-456m 6.5 536l-536m, 536-537, 543, 549, 555, 561, 561b

d. Make observations, connections, and react, speculate, interpret, and raise questions in analysis of texts.

6.1 18m, 18-19, 22-27, 34, 56, 60, 72, 80, 98, 122 6.2 212, 236, 254 6.3 274-275, 278-287, 288-292, 298-299, 308-316, 318-321, 360, 394 6.4 414, 446, 478-479, 490-494, 520 6.5 572, 598-599, 612, 636 6.6 652-553, 656-663, 664-668, 682, 694-697, 698-699, 708, 702-711, 712-718, 742, 750-751, 758-762

e. Recognize and evaluate structural patterns found in a literary work (e.g. cause/effect, problem/solution, sequential order).

6.1 31 6.2 229, 265b 6.3 274l-274m, 274-275, 278-287, 288-292, 297b, 322l-322m, 322-323, 326-333, 334-340, 345, 345b, 361, 372-373, 376-385, 386-396 6.4 408l-408m, 408-409, 415, 422-426, 429, 429b, 456l-456m, 456-457,458-459, 460-467, 468-464, 471, 477, 477b, 487, 509, 519, 527b 6.5 547, 553, 575, 582l-582m, 582-583, 589, 586-591, 599, 599b, 600l-600m, 600-601, 609, 610-614, 620l-620m, 620-621, 624-631, 632-638, 641, 643b 6.6 672l-672m



f. Distinguish among stated facts, inferences supported by evidence, and opinions in text.

6.1 51, 88-89, 95, 103, 109, 111b, 112-113, 119, 127, 129, 135, 137b 6.4 439 6.5 562l-562m, 562-563, 569, 573, 581, 581b

*5. Monitoring and Correction Strategies a. Monitor own reading and modify strategies as needed when understanding breaks down (e.g., rereading a portion aloud, using reference aids, trying an alternate pronunciation, searching for clues, and asking questions).

6.2 146-147, 158-162 6.4 500-501, 513, 514-522, 525 6.5 620-621, 624-631, 632-638, 643

b. Clarify meaning by questioning and rereading; confirm and revise predictions as needed when reading.

6.1 27, 53, 70, 92, 116 6.2 172, 198, 233 6.3 287, 322-323, 326-333, 334-340, 346-347, 350-357, 358-364,385 6.4 434, 489, 504, 517 6.5 536-537, 540-551, 552-558, 591, 604, 620-621 6.6 656, 676, 711, 735, 757

c. Adjust reading rate and determine appropriate strategies according to the purpose for reading, the difficulty of the text, and characteristics of the text.

6.1 41a, 64-65, 65a, 86-87, 87a, 111a, 134-147, 137a 6.2 164-167, 167a, 173, 193a, 219a, 243a, 265a, 6.3 297a, 321a, 343, 345a, 371a, 399a 6.4 429a, 455a, 477a. 499a, 500-501, 513, 527a 6.5 561a, 581a, 599a, 619a, 637, 643a 6.6 671a, 697a, 723a, 749a, 769a



Standard 4: Literature-The student will read, construct meaning, and respond to a wide variety of literary forms. Read and respond to grade-level-appropriate historically or culturally significant works of literature that reflect and enhance a study of history and social science. Clarify ideas and connect them to other literary works. Participate productively in self-directed work teams to create observable products. 1. Literary Genres-The student will demonstrate a knowledge of and an appreciation for various forms of literature. a. Analyze the characteristics of genres, including short story, novel, drama poetry, and nonfiction.

6.1 22-35, 38-41, 64-65, 70-83, 86-87, 92-105, 108-111, 116-131, 134-137, 138-141 6.2 150-161, 164-167, 172-187, 190-193, 198-213, 217-219, 224-237, 240-243, 248-261, 264-265, 266-269 6.3 278-291, 294-297, 302-315, 318-321, 350-363, 366-371, 376-395, 398-399, 400-403 6.4 412-425, 428-429, 434-447, 451-455, 460-473, 476-477, 482-493, 504-521, 524-527, 528-531 6.5 540-557, 560-561, 566-577, 580-581, 586-595, 598-599, 604-613, 624-637, 640-643, 644-647 6.6 656-667, 670-671, 676-691, 694-697, 702-717, 720-723, 728-743, 754-761, 764-769, 770-773

b. Analyze characteristics of subgenres, including autobiography, biography, fable, folk tale, mystery, and myth.

6.2 179 6.3 302-315, 326-339, 350-363, 366-371, 398-399 6.4 504-521, 524-527 6.5 566-577, 586-595, 598-599, 640-643

2. Literary Elements-The student will demonstrate knowledge of literary elements and techniques and how they affect the development of a literary work. a. Identify and explain elements of fiction, including plot, conflict, character setting, and theme.

6.1 18l-18m, 18-19, 22-27, 29, 33, 34, 39, 41b, 42l-42m, 42-43, 49, 55, 59, 60, 65b, 71, 79, 138 6.2 194-195, 198-205, 206-215, 240-243, 259 6.3 285, 402 6.4 456l-456m 6.5 536l-536m, 536-537, 543, 549, 555, 561, 561b, 629



b. Identify and explain internal and external conflict in the development of a story.

6.3 285 6.5 536l-536m, 536-537, 543, 549, 555, 561, 561b

c. Determine the author's purpose (persuade, inform, entertain) and point of view, whether explicitly or implicitly stated and how it affects the text.

6.1 41b, 108-111,124-132 6.4 430l-430m, 429b, 430-431, 434-441, 442-448, 451, 453, 455b, 465, 477b, 496-499, 500l-500m, 500-501, 504-513 514-522, 527, 527b 6.5 562l-562m, 581b 6.6 652l-652m, 652-653, 654-655, 656-663, 664-668, 671, 671b, 697b, 733

d. Connect, compare, and contrast ideas, themes, and issues across texts.

6.1 41, 65, 87, 111, 137 6.2 156, 164-167, 186, 193,217- 219,220-221, 224-233, 234-238, 240-243,243b, 265 6.3 297, 304, 318-321, 334, 342-345, 362, 371,398- 399 6.4 429, 455, 466, 477, 492, 499, 512, 527 6.5 546, 561, 581, 594, 599, 619, 643 6.6 670-671, 697,698-699, 702-711, 712- 718, 723, 723b, 734, 746-749, 758-762, 764- 769

3. Figurative Language and Sound Devices-The student will identify figurative language and sound devices and will analyze how they affect the development of a literary work. a. Identify and explain figurative language, including symbolism, imagery metaphor, personification, simile, and idioms.

6.1 65b, 87b, 127b 6.2 219b 6.3 290, 297b, 313, 321b, 345b, 371b, 399b 6.4 419, 499b, 508 6.5 599b, 643b 6.6 671b, 723b, 749b, 757, 769b

b. Identify and explain sound devices, including alliteration, onomatopoeia, and rhyme.

6.1 140-141 6.2 266 6.3 282, 381, 387 6.5 581c, 593, 599h, 636 6.6 705



c. Interpret poetry and recognize poetic styles (e.g., rhymed, free verse, and patterned [cinquain, diamante]).

6.1 138-141 6.2 266-269 6.3 400-403 6.4 476-477, 528-531 6.5 580-581, 644-647 6.6 770-773

d. Identify and describe the function and effect of common literary devices, such as imagery and symbolism. • Imagery: the use of language to create vivid pictures in the reader's mind.

6.1 75 6.2 193b 6.3 371b 6.5 569

• Symbolism: the use of an object to represent something else; for example a dove might symbolize peace.

6.1 65b 6.3 345b 6.4 419

*4. Literary Works-The student will read and respond to historically and culturally significant works of literature.

6.1 42j, 66j, 86, 87 6.3 359, 367 6.5 536m, 619, 629, 638 6.6 659, 672m, 677, 698m, 724j

a. Analyze and evaluate works of literature and the historical context in which they were written.

Related Content: 6.1 22-35 6.5 624-637 6.6 656-667



b. Analyze and evaluate literature from various cultures to broaden cultural awareness.

6.1 42j, 66j, 86, 87 6.3 359, 367 6.5 536m, 619, 629, 638 6.6 659, 672m, 677, 698m, 724j

c. Compare similar characters, settings, and themes from varied literary traditions.

6.1 41, 65, 87, 111, 137 6.2 156, 167, 186, 193, 219, 230, 243, 265 6.3 297, 304, 321, 334, 345, 362, 371, 399 6.4 429, 455, 466, 477, 492, 499, 512, 527 6.5 546, 561, 581, 594, 599, 619, 643 6.6 671, 697, 716, 723, 734, 749, 769

Standard 5: Research and Information-The student will conduct research and organize information. 1. Accessing Information-The student will select the best source for a given purpose. a. Use card catalogs and computer databases to locate sources for research topics.

6.1 41k, 65k, 87k, 107, 111k, 137k, 137l, 6.2 193k, 219k, 243k, 265k 6.3 297k, 321k, 371k, 399k 6.4 429k, 455k, 455l, 477k, 499k, 527k 6.5 561k, 581k, 599k, 619k, 643k, 671k, 626-619, 746-749 6.6 697k, 723k, 749l, WA2-WA9

b. Access information from a variety of primary and secondary sources to gather information for research topics.

6.1 18k, 111l 6.2 219l 6.3 321l, 345k 6.4 423 6.5 643l 6.6 769k, WA2-WA9



c. Use organizational strategies as an aid to comprehend increasingly difficult content material.

6.1 41l, 65l, 87l, 111l, 137l 6.2 167l, 193l, 193k, 194-195, 198-205, 206-215, 219b, 219l, 243l, 244-245, 248-255, 256-262, 265b, 265l 6.3 297l, 321l, 345l, 371l, 399l 6.4 429l, 455l, 477l, 499l, 527l 6.5 561l, 581l, 599l, 619l, 643l 6.6 671l, 697l, 723l, 749l, 769l, WA2-WA9

d. Note instances of persuasion, propaganda, faulty reasoning, or misleading information in text.

6.1 111b 6.2 167d 6.4 455b

e. Use reference features of printed text, such as citations, endnotes, and bibliographies, to locate relevant information about a topic.

6.1 38, 64, 86, 108, 134 6.2 164, 190, 217, 240, 264 6.3 294, 318, 342, 398 6.4 428, 450, 454, 496 6.5 560, 581l, 616 6.6 620, 671l, 694, 720, 746, 764, 768, WA2-WA9

2. Interpreting Information-The student will analyze and evaluate information from a variety of sources. a. Record, organize, and display relevant information from multiple sources in systemic ways (e.g., outlines, graphic organizers, or note cards).

6.1 41k, 65k, 87k, 111k, 137k 6.2 146, 146k, 167k,167l, 193k, 219k, 243k, 265k 6.3 297k, 321k, 345k, 371k, 371l, 399k 6.4 429k, 455k, 477k, 477l, 499k, 527k 6.5 561k, 561l, 581k, 599k, 619k, 643k 6.6 671k, 697g, 697k, 723k, 749k, 769k, WA2-WA9

b. Identify and credit the reference sources used to gain information. 6.4 429k 6.6 WA2-WA9



c. Determine the appropriateness of an information source for a research topic.

6.1 41k, 65k, 87k, 111k, 126, 137k 6.2 167k, 193k, 243k, 265k 6.3 297k, 321k, 342-345, 345k, 371k, 399k, 399l 6.4 429k, 455k, 477k, 496-499, 499k, 527k 6.5 561k, 581k, 599k, 619k, 643k 6.6 671k, 697k, 723k, 745k, 749k, 769k, WA2-WA9

d. Summarize information from multiple sources into a research paper.

6.1 41k, 41l, 65k, 65l, 87l, 111l, 137l 6.2 167l, 193l, 219l, 243l, 265l 6.3 297l, 321l, 345l, 371l, 399k, 399l 6.4 429l, 455l, 477l, 499k,499l, 527l 6.5 561k,561l, 581l, 599k, 599l,619k, 619l, 643l 6.6 671k, 671l, 697l, 723k, 723l, 749k,749l,769k, 769l, WA2-WA9

Writing/Grammar/Usage and Mechanics: The student will express ideas effectively in written modes for a variety of purposes and audiences. Discuss and keep a list of writing ideas and use graphic organizers to plan writing. Write clear, coherent, and focused papers, and progress through the stages of the writing process. Work independently and in self-directed work teams to edit and revise. *Standard 1: Writing Process-The student will use the writing process to write coherently. 1. Use a writing process to develop composition skills. Students are expected to use prewriting strategies, write and revise multiple drafts, edit, and share their compositions.

6.1 37, 41h, 63, 65h, 87h, 111h, 133, 137h, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA6, WA7 6.2 163, 167h, 189, 193h, 193l, 216, 219h, 239, 243h, 263, 265h, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA6, WA7 6.3 293, 297h, 317, 321h, 345g, 341, 345h, 371h, 399h, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA6, WA7 6.4 427, 408l, 429h, 455h, 475, 477h, 499h, 523, 527h, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA6, WA7 6.5 559, 561h, 579, 581h, 599h, 615, 619h, 643h, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA6, WA7 6.6 669, 671h, 693, 697h, 719, 723h, 745, 749g,749h, 769h, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA6, WA7



2. Use details, examples, reasons, and evidence to develop an idea. 6.1 41g, 65g, 85, 87g, 87h, 107, 111g-111h, 137g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.2 167g, 193g, 219g, 239, 243g-243h, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.3 297g, 321g, 345g-345h, 365, 371g-371h, 399g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 6.4 429g, 445,455g, 477g, 478, 499g, 523, 527g-527h, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.5 561g, 581g, 599g, 619g, 643g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.6 669, 671g-671h, 697g, 749g, 763, 769g, WA1, WA5, WA7

3. Use spatial, chronological, and climactic organizational patterns as appropriate to purpose.

6.1 41g, 63, 65g-65h, 87g, 111g, 137g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 6.2 163, 167g-167h, 193g, 219g, 243g, 243h, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.3 297g, 321g, 341, 345g, 371g, 399g, WA1, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA7 6.4 429g, 455g, 477g, 495, 499g-499h, 527b, 527g, WA1, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA7 6.5 561g, 581g, 599g, 619g, 620, 639, 643g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 6.6 671g, 697g, 749g, 769g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7

4. Use precise word choices, including figurative language, that convey specific meaning and tone.

6.1 37, 41g-41h, 65g, 65h, 85, 87g, 87h, 111g, 137g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.2 167g, 193g, 219g, 243g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.3 297g, 317, 321b, 321g-321h, 345g, 371b, 371k,371g, 399g, WA1, WA3, WA4, WA5, WA7 6.4 429g, 433, 449, 455g-455h, 477g, 499g, 527g, WA1, WA4, WA5, WA7 6.5 561g, 579, 581g-581h, 597, 599g, 619g, 639, 643b, 643h,WA1, WA5, WA7 6.6 671g, 697g, 723b, 723g, 723h, 749g, 763, 769g-769h, WA1, WA5, WA7

5. Use a variety of sentence structures, types, and lengths to contribute to fluency and interest.

6.1 41e, 41f, 41g, 65g, 87g, 111g, 137g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.2 167g, 189, 193g-193h, 219g, 243g, 263, 265g-265h, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.3 297g, 321g, 345g, 345k, 371g, 399g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 6.4 429g, 455g, 477g-477h, 499g, 527g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.5 561g, 581g, 599h, 615, 619g-619h, 543h, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.6 671g, 671h, 693, 697g-697h, 723g, 749g, 769g, WA1, WA5, WA7

6. Edit for errors in Standard English usage, sentence structure, mechanics, and spelling.




*Standard 2: Modes and Forms of Writing-The student will write for a variety of purposes and audiences using narrative, descriptive, expository, persuasive and reflective modes. At Grade 6, write narrative (story), expository (informative), persuasive, reflective, and descriptive texts of at least 500 to 700 words, demonstrating a command of Standard English and the research, organization, and drafting strategies outlined in the writing process. Writing demonstrates an awareness of the audience (intended reader) and purpose for writing. 1. Write narratives that: a. establish and develop a plot and setting, and present a point of view that is appropriate to the stories.

6.1 36, 41g-41h, WA2-WA9 6.3 346 6.4 477b, 449, 455g-455h, WA2-WA9 6.6 697b

b. include sensory details and clear language to develop plot and character. 6.1 21, 41g-41h, 65g, 65h, 69, WA2-WA9 6.2 149 6.4 455g-455h, WA2-WA9

6.5 561g, 561h, 623 c. use a range of narrative devices, such as dialogue or suspense. Example: Write a short play that could be presented to the class. Rewrite a short story that was read in class, telling the story from another point of view.

6.1 41g-41h, 133, 137g, 137h, WA2-WA9 6.2 243g 6.4 455g-455h, 495, WA2-WA9 6.6 671b

2. Write descriptions, explanations, comparison and contrast papers, and problem and solution papers that: a. state the thesis (position on the topic) or purpose.

6.1 65g-65h 6.2 167, 193g-193h, 243g-243h, 265g-265h, WA2-WA9 6.3 293, 297g-297h, 321g-321h, 345g-345h, 399g-399h, WA2-WA9 6.4 429g-429h, 477g-477h, 527g-527h 6.5 561g-561h, 619g-619h 6.6 671g-671h, 697g-697h, 723g-723h, 749g-749h, WA2-WA9



b. explain the situation. 6.1 65g-65h, 84, 87, 91, 115 6.2 193g-193h, 236, 243g-243h, 265g-265h, 265, WA2-WA9 6.3 277, 297g-297h, 321g-321h, 345g-345h, 399g-399h, 459, 475, 481 WA2-WA9 6.4 426, 429g-429h, 459, 475, 477g-477h, 481, 527g-527h 6.5 539, 561g-561h, 582, 585, 594, 619g-619h 6.6 652, 655, 671g-671h, 671, 672, 697g-697h, 723g-723h, 675, 749g-749h, 749, 753, 762, WA2- WA9

c. organize the composition clearly and appropriately for the purpose of the writing.

6.1 41, 65g-65h 6.2 168, 171, 193g-193h, 223, 239, 243g-243h, 247, 260, 263, 265b, 265g-265h, WA2-WA9 6.3 297g-297h, 317, 321g-321h, 341, 345g-345h, 364, 375, 397, 399g-399h, WA2-WA9 6.4 429g-429h, 477g-477h, 523, 527g-527h 6.5 561g-561h, 603, 615, 619g-619h 6.6 671g-671h, 697g-697h, 698, 701, 719, 723g-723h, 749g-749h, 763, 769h, 750, 769g WA2-WA9

d. provide evidence to support arguments and conclusions. Example: Write successive drafts of a one-or two-page newspaper article about school carnival activities, including details to support the main topic and allow the reader to compare and contrast the different carnival activities described.

6.1 45, 62, 65g-65h, 65, 107, 111h, 111 6.2 189,193g-193h, 243g-243h, 265g-265h, WA2-WA9 6.3 297g-297h, 321g-321h, 345g-345h, 399g-399h, WA2-WA9 6.4 429g-429h, 477g-477h, 527g-527h 6.5 561g-561h, 562, 565, 619g-619h, 619 6.6 671g-671h, 697g-697h, 723g-723h, 749g-749h, WA2-WA9

3. Write persuasive/argumentative compositions that: a. state a clear position on a proposition or proposal.

6.1 111b, 111g-111h 6.4 455b 6.5 581g-581h, 643g-643h, 643k, WA2-WA9

b. support the position with organized and relevant evidence and effective emotional appeals.

6.1 111g-111h 6.5 581g-581h, 643g-643h, WA2-WA9



c. anticipate and address reader concerns and counterarguments. Example: Write a persuasive paper on how the class should celebrate the end of the school year, including adequate reasons for why the class should participate in the activity described. Create an advertisement for a product to try to convince readers to buy the product.

6.1 111g-111h 6.5 581g-581h, 643g-643h, WA2-WA9

4. Write reflective papers that may address one of the following purposes: a. express the individual’s insight into conditions or situations.

6.1 87g-87h 6.2 215, 219g-219h 6.3 371g-371h, 396 6.4 430, 499g-499h, 500, 503, 581k 6.5 599g-599h 6.6 697

b. compare a scene from a work of fiction with a lesson learned from experience.

6.1 41g-41h, 87g-87h 6.2 219g-219h 6.3 371g-371h 6.4 499g-499h 6.5 599g-599h

c. complete a self-evaluation on a class performance. Example: Write a reflective paper that discusses reasons for selections used in a portfolio of works that demonstrate skills in different subjects.

6.1 87g-87h 6.2 219g-219h 6.3 371g-371h 6.4 499g-499h 6.5 599g-599h

5. Use appropriate essay test-taking and time-writing strategies that: a. address and analyze the question (prompt).

6.1 36, 62, 84, 106, 132, 137g-137h 6.2 162, 188, 215, 238, 262, 265g-265h 6.3 292, 296, 316, 320, 340, 364, 396, 399g-399h 6.4 426, 448, 474, 494, 522, 527g-527h 6.5 558, 578, 596, 614, 638 6.6 668, 692, 718, 744, 762



b. use organizational methods required by the prompt. 6.1 36, 62, 84, 106, 132, 137g-137h 6.2 162, 188, 215, 238, 262, 265g-265h 6.3 292, 316, 340, 364, 368, 396, 399g-399h, 399 6.4 426, 448, 474, 494, 522, 527g-527h 6.5 558, 578, 596, 614, 638 6.6 668, 692, 718, 744, 749, 762

6. Write responses to literature that: a. include an interpretation that shows careful reading, understanding, and insight.

6.1 36, 62, 66, 82, 84, 88, 104, 106, 112, 130, 132, 137, 137b 6.2 160, 162, 186, 188, 194, 197, 212, 215, 238, 243, 243b, 262 6.3 290, 292, 297, 314, 316, 321, 338, 340, 345, 349, 362, 364, 394, 396, 399b 6.4 408, 426, 448, 472, 474, 492, 494, 520, 522, 527 6.5 536, 556, 558, 561, 566, 573, 576, 578, 581, 581b, 596, 600, 610b, 612, 614, 636, 638, 643 6.6 666, 668, 690, 692, 716, 718, 723, 727, 744, 762, 742, 762

b. organize the interpretation around several clear ideas.

6.1 36, 42, 60, 62, 84, 106, 132 6.2 162, 188, 215, 220, 238, 262 6.3 292, 316, 340, 364, 396 6.4 411, 424, 426, 446, 448, 455, 474, 494, 499, 522, 527g 6.5 558, 561b, 561g, 578, 596, 614, 638 6.6 668, 692, 718, 744, 762

c. develop and justify the interpretation through the use of examples and evidence from the text. Example: After reading folktales from other countries and the United States, write a response to the stories. Identify the beliefs and values that are highlighted in each of these folktales and develop a t heory to explain why similar tales appear in many different cultures.

6.1 36, 62, 84, 106, 132 6.2 162, 188, 215, 238, 262 6.3 292, 316, 340, 364, 396 6.4 426, 448, 474, 494, 522 6.5 558, 578, 596, 614, 638 6.6 668, 692, 718, 744, 762



7. Write for different purposes and to a specific audience or person, adjusting tone and style as necessary to make writing interesting. Example: Write stories, reports, and letters showing a variety of word choices, or review a favorite book or film.

6.1 87g, 87h 6.2 193g, 219b, 219g-219h, 265h 6.3 365, 371g-371h 6.4 429b, 456, 499b 6.5 581g-581h, 599g, 599h,643g-643h, WA2-WA9 6.6 693, 697g-697h, 749b, 769g-769h

8. Write friendly letters and business letters, and continue to produce other writing forms introduced in earlier grades.

6.1 87k 6.2 216,219g-219h 6.5 581g-581h

9. Use handwriting/penmanship to copy and/or compose text, in manuscript or cursive, using correct spacing and formation of letters.

6.1 TR10-TR13 6.2 TR10-TR13 6.3 TR10-TR13 6.4 TR10-TR13 6.5 TRIO-TR13 6.6 TR10-TR13

*Standard 3: Grammar/Usage and Mechanics-The student will demonstrate appropriate practices in writing by applying Standard English conventions to the revising and editing stages of writing. 1. Standard English Usage-Demonstrate correct use of Standard English in speaking and writing. a. Identify the principal parts of verbs to form verb tenses.

6.1 92, 99 6.2 265e-265f 6.3 297e-297f, 321e-321f, 6.5 586, 591, 656, 663 6.6 749k

b. Make subjects and verbs agree.

6.2 243e-243f, 371e-371f, WA6 6.6 727f



c. Identify nominative, objective, and possessive pronouns correctly. 6.4 429e-429f, 477e-477f, 499e-499f, 527e-527f

d. Make pronouns agree with their antecedents.

6.4 455e-455f, 455h

e. Correctly form and use the comparative and superlative forms of adjectives.

6.5 581e-581f, 599e-599f, 619e-619f

f. Use correct pronoun references. 6.4 477e-477f, 499e-499f, 527e-527f

g. Identify direct objects, indirect objects, objects of prepositions, predicate nominatives and predicate adjectives.

6.1 65e-65f 6.3 345e-345f, 399e-399f

h. Use prepositional phrases to elaborate written ideas.

6.3 399e-399f

i. Correctly use conjunctions. 6.1 111e-111f 6.6 697e-697f

j. Distinguish commonly confused words (e.g., there, their, they're; two, to, too; accept, except; affect, effect).

6.6 723i-723j

k. Form regular and irregular plurals correctly. 6.2 167e-167f

2. Mechanics and Spelling-Demonstrate appropriate language mechanics in writing. a. Apply the capitalization rules appropriately in writing.

6.1 WA6-WA7 6.2 265l



b. Punctuate correctly in writing • End punctuation

6.1 41e-41f 6.5 561e-561f 6.5 723e-723f, 749e-749f, 769e-769f

• Commas to separate words in a series, city and state, quotation, and sentence and to set off nonrestrictive phrases.

6.6 723e-723f

• Quotation marks 6.6 749e-749f

• Apostrophes in contractions and possessives

6.2 193e-193f 6.5 561e-561f

• Conventions of letter writing

6.1 137g 6.2 219g-219h 6.5 581g-581h

c. Distinguish correct spelling of commonly misspelled words and homonyms.

6.1 111i-111j 6.3 297i-297j, 399i-399j 6.6 723i-723j

3. Sentence Structure-Demonstrate appropriate sentence structure in writing. a. Correct sentence run-ons and fragments.

Related Content: 6.1 41g, 65g, 87g, 111g, 137g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.2 167g, 189, 193g-193h, 219g, 243g, 263, 265g-265h, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.3 297g, 321g, 345g, 371g, 399g, WA1, WA3, WA5, WA7 6.4 429g, 455g, 477g-477h, 499g, 527g, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.5 561g, 581g, 599h, 615, 619g-619h, WA1, WA5, WA7 6.6 749h, 671g, 693, 697g-697h, 749g, 769g, WA1, WA5, WA7

b. Correct dangling and misplaced modifiers. Related Content: 6.1 65e-65f, 111e-111f 6.3 345e-345f



c. Differentiate between dependent and independent clauses. 6.1 87e-87f, 111e-111f 6.2 219g

d. Write simple and compound sentences.

6.1 111e-111f 6.2 193g, 265g 6.4 477g 6.5 619g

Oral Language/Listening and Speaking: The student will demonstrate thinking skills in listening and speaking. Deliver focused, coherent presentations that convey ideas and relate to the background and interests of the audience. Evaluate the content of oral communication. Deliver well-organized formal presentations using traditional speech strategies, including narration, exposition, persuasion, and description. Use the same Standard English conventions for oral speech that are used in writing. Participate independently and in groups to create oral presentations. *Standard 1: Listening-The student will listen for information and for pleasure. 1. Identify the major ideas and supporting evidence in informative and persuasive messages.

6.1 137d 6.2 193d, 243d 6.3 297d, 345d, 399d 6.4 455d 6.5 561d 6.6 697d, 749d

2. Determine the purpose for listening (i.e., gaining information, solving problems; or for enjoying, appreciating, recalling, interpreting, applying, analyzing, evaluating, receiving directions, or learning concepts).

6.1 18l-18m, 41d, 42l-42m, 66l-66m, 87d, 88l-88m, 112l-112m 6.2 146l-146m, 168l-168m, 193d, 194l-194m, 220l-220m, 243d, 244l-244m 6.3 274l-274m, 297d, 298l-298m, 322l-322m, 345d, 346l-346m, 372l-372m, 399d 6.4 408l-408m, 430l-430m, 455d, 456l-456m, 478l-478m, 499l, 500l-500m 6.5 536l-536m, 561d, 562l-562m, 582l-582m, 600l-600m, 620l-620m 6.6 652l-652m, 672l-672m, 697d, 698l-698m, 724l-724m, 749d, 750l-750m



3. Recognize and understand barriers to effective listening (i.e., internal and external distractions, personal biases, and conflicting demands).

6.2 265d 6.3 321d, 399d 6.4 477d, 527d 6.6 671d, 723d

4. Evaluate the spoken message in terms of content, credibility, and delivery.

6.1 41d 6.2 265d 6.3 297d, 321d, 399d 6.4 477d, 499d, 527d 6.5 599d, 697d 6.6 671d, 723d

*Standard 2: Speaking-The student will express ideas and opinions in group or individual situations. 1. Analyze purpose, audience, and occasion and consider this information in planning an effective presentation or response.

6.1 41d, 65d, 87d 6.2 167d, 193d, 219d, 243d, 265d 6.3 297d, 321d, 345d, 371d, 399d 6.4 429d, 455d, 477, 499d 6.5 561d, 581d, 619d 6.6 671d, 697d, 723d, 749d, 769d

2. Compose a presentation with a well-organized introduction, body, and conclusion that is appropriate for different purposes, audiences, and occasions.

6.1 87d 6.2 193d, 243d, 265d 6.3 345d, 371d 6.4 527d 6.5 561d, 619d, 643d 6.6 749d



3. Communicate using appropriate delivery (volume, rate, enunciation, and movement).

6.1 41d, 65d, 87d, 111d, 137d 6.2 193d, 219d, 243d, 265d 6.3 297d, 297k, 321d, 345d, 371d, 399d 6.4 429d, 477d, 499d, 527d 6.5 561d, 581d, 599d, 619d, 643d 6.6 671d, 697d, 723d, 749d

Visual Literacy: The student will interpret, evaluate, and compose visual messages. *Standard 1: Interpret Meaning-The student will interpret and evaluate the various ways visual image-makers, including graphic artists, illustrators, and news photographers, represent meaning. 1. Interpret a variety of messages conveyed by visual images (e.g., main concept, details, themes, lessons, or viewpoints).

6.1 65d, 111d 6.2 167d, 219d, 265d 6.3 321d, 371d 6.4 429d, 477d, 527d 6.5 581d, 619d, 643d 6.6 671d, 723d, 769d

2. Identify film and television features that characterize different style of dress and genres (e.g., setting in a western or a drama).

Related Content: 6.1 65d, 111d 6.2 167d, 219d, 265d 6.3 321d, 371d 6.4 429d, 477d, 527d 6.5 581d, 619d, 643d, 723d 6.6 769d




*Standard 2: Evaluate Media-The student will evaluate visual and electronic media, such as film, as compared with print messages. 1. Identify the different ways in which people are stereotyped in visual media and consider alternative representations (e.g., clever people wear glasses, super heroes wear capes, scientists wear white coats).

Related Content: 6.1 65d, 111d 6.2 167d, 219d, 265d 6.3 321d, 371d 6.4 429d, 477d, 527d 6.5 581d, 619d, 643d 6.6 723d, 769d

2. Identify basic elements of advertising in visual media (e.g., sales approaches and techniques aimed at children).

6.4 527l 3. Evaluate how different media forms influence and inform viewers.

6.1 111b 6.2 167d 6.3 399l 6.4 429d, 455b, 527d 6.6 723d, 769d

4. Assess how language, medium, and presentation contribute to the message. 6.1 65d, 111d 6.2 167d, 219d, 265d 6.3 321d, 371d 6.4 429d, 477d, 527d 6.5 581d, 619d, 643d 6.6 723d, 769d

*Standard 3: Compose Visual Messages-The student will create a visual message that effectively communicates an idea and produces communication using technology or appropriate media, such as developing a class newspaper multimedia reports, or video reports.

6.1 87d, 137k 6.2 167k, 193d, 243d, 265d, 297d 6.3 297l, 321k, 345d 6.4 455k, 477k, 499d, 527k 6.5 619d 6.6 697c, 697k

Documents

Scott Foresman Reading Street - Pearson School · PDF fileScott Foresman Reading Street is a comprehensive reading program for Kindergarten through Grade Six that is built on solid